Alcatel BSS Telecom Parameters

Alcatel BSS
Telecom Parameters Dictionary
O&M Documentation Reference Guide
3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
BLANK PAGE BREAK
Status Short title
RELEASED
All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Alcatel.
2 / 802
Contents
Contents
Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 1.1 Parameter Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 1.2 Parameter Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 1.3 Modified Telecom Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 GSM Telecom Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 2.1 Network (CDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 2.2 Site (CAE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 2.3 System (CST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614 GPRS Telecom Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 617 3.1 Network (CDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 618 3.2 Site (CAE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 635 2G-3G Telecom Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 787 4.1 Site (CAE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 788
3 / 802
Contents
4 / 802
Preface
Preface
Purpose Audience Assumed Knowledge
The BSS Parameter Dictionary lists all of the Telecom Parameters for GSM and GPRS. This manual is designed for OMC-R users, O&M technicians and system designers. Not applicable.
5 / 802
Preface
6 / 802
1 Introduction
1 Introduction
7 / 802
1 Introduction
1.1 Parameter Classification

The GSM and GPRS parameters are classified into three categories: Network: customer dependent parameters, related to the network topology, defined by the customer and valid for the complete network (e.g. BTS name, Cell ID, LAC number ...). They can be adjusted by CDE scripts. Site: adjustable parameters from one cell to the next or from one BSC to the next. They are set to a default value. They can be adjusted from the OMC-R. System: fixed parameters, i.e. BSS system mandatory rules or automatically populated in the DLS skeleton and let unchanged because not customer dependent. Some of them are coded in BTS Software and configuration files.
1.2 Parameter Description

To each parameter are associated the following characteristics: Logical Parameter Name: Mnemonic conventionally used in Alcatel documentation. Definition: definition/purpose of the parameter. Coding rules:, Rules of coding, when necessary. Mandatory rules: Mandatory relationships or inter-dependence of some data. Recommended rules: Recommended relationships or inter-dependence of some data. Feature: Indicates to which feature the parameter is linked. Category: Category into which the parameter is classified. Instance: Possible instance of the parameter. Value Min/Max values: Possible range of the parameter values. Default value: Parameter value in release B7.2 for a generic configuration. Modifiable: Indicates if the parameter is modifiable at the OMC-R. Parameter Access: Indicates where the parameter is accessible at the OMC-R. External Comments: Specific information, when necessary, related to the parameter.
8 / 802
1 Introduction
1.3 Modified Telecom Parameters

LOGICAL Name GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n) MS_TXPWR_MAX MS_TXPWR_MAX(n) MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (BSC) MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (MFS) MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER MS_TXPWR_MIN RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (BSC) RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (MFS) T_PDCH_PREEMPTION FEATURE MPDCH MPDCH Power control and handover algorithm improvements Power control and handover algorithm improvements xxxx MPDCH Power control and handover algorithm improvements Power control and handover algorithm improvements xxxx MPDCH ICOD2 : Enhanced PDCH traffic adaptation to cell load variation
9 / 802
1 Introduction
10 / 802
2 GSM Telecom Parameters
11 / 802
2.1 Network (CDE)
12 / 802
2.1.1 (ADDR_MON) - (ADDR_MON)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition ADDR_MON ADDR_MON
Time it takes to ADDR_TR to be reached to report an alarm. On timeout, the address error counter is reset. step size = 0.1sec Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 6553.5 Default 15
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No No No
13 / 802
2.1.2 (ADDR_TR) - (ADDR_TR)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value ADDR_TR ADDR_TR
Address error threshold for alarm detection. Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 255 Default 60
14 / 802
2.1.3 (Autocleaning_Timer) - (T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Autocleaning_Timer T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP
Guard time for detection of SDCCH/TCH autocleaning procedure. step size = 1 sec Either {T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP > N_BAD_SACCH * 480ms + 30 seconds} or {T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP = 0} Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSS Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 40
Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment
OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Procedures / General timers and procedures Corresponds to B6 parameter T_SDCCH_MEAS_REP, but with behaviour extended to TCH. T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP = 0 inhibits the autocleaning procedure. Recommendation for customising this value at migration time: If B6.2 value of T_SDCCH_MEAS_REP = 0: T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP=0 if 0 < B6.2 value of T_SDCCH_MEAS_REP 30: T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP=30 if B6.2 value of T_SDCCH_MEAS_REP > 30: T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP=T_SDCCH_MEAS_REP No No
Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
15 / 802
2.1.4 (BF_HI_RX) - (BF_HI_RX)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition BF_HI_RX BF_HI_RX
Threshold on LAPD RX buffers occupancy for transition from normal to busy condition. BF_HI_RX > BF_LO_RX Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 80
16 / 802
2.1.5 (BF_HI_TX) - (BF_HI_TX)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition BF_HI_TX BF_HI_TX
Threshold on LAPD TX buffers occupancy for transition from normal to busy condition. BF_HI_TX > BF_LO_TX Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 30 Default 16
17 / 802
2.1.6 (BF_LO_RX) - (BF_LO_RX)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition BF_LO_RX BF_LO_RX
Threshold on LAPD RX buffers occupancy for transition from busy to normal condition. BF_LO_RX < BF_HI_RX Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 70
18 / 802
2.1.7 (BF_LO_TX) - (BF_LO_TX)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition BF_LO_TX BF_LO_TX
Threshold on LAPD TX buffers occupancy for transition from busy to normal condition. BF_LO_TX < BF_HI_TX Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 30 Default 8
19 / 802
2.1.8 (CGI_REQUIRED) - (CGI_REQD)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value CGI_REQUIRED CGI_REQD
Controls format of cell identifications sent to the MSC. 0: CGI not used, 1: CGI used Network (CDE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking Depends on MSC Type. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
20 / 802
2.1.9 (COUNT_DECR) - (COUNT_DECR)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition COUNT_DECR COUNT_DECR
Stepsize by which the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to TCU overload is decremented upon T_COUNT_I expiry. Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 10 Default 1
21 / 802
2.1.10 (COUNT_I_THRESHOLD) - (COUNT_I_THRESHOLD)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition COUNT_I_THRESHOLD COUNT_I_THRESHOLD
Leaky bucket counter threshold used to trigger defense actions upon TCU overload. Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 50 Default 10
22 / 802
2.1.11 (COUNT_INCR_1) - (COUNT_INCR_1)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition COUNT_INCR_1 COUNT_INCR_1
Stepsize by which the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to TCU overload is incremented upon TCU overload level 1. COUNT_INCR_1 COUNT_INCR_2 Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 10 Default 2
23 / 802
2.1.12 (COUNT_INCR_2) - (COUNT_INCR_2)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition COUNT_INCR_2 COUNT_INCR_2
Stepsize by which the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to TCU overload is incremented upon TCU overload level 2. COUNT_INCR_2 COUNT_INCR_1 Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 10 Default 4
24 / 802
2.1.13 (CRC_MON) - (CRC_MON)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition CRC_MON CRC_MON
Time in which CRC_TR is to be reached to report an alarm. On timeout, the CRC error counter is reset. step size = 0.1sec Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 25.5 Default 10
25 / 802
2.1.14 (CRC_TR) - (CRC_TR)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value CRC_TR CRC_TR
CRC error threshold for alarm detection. Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 255 Default 50
26 / 802
2.1.15 (EN_FR_IF_HR_PREF) - (EN_FR_IF_HR_PREF)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EN_FR_IF_HR_PREF EN_FR_IF_HR_PREF
When set, this flag allows, when bugged MS asking for a dual rate, half-rate preferred, to allocate a full rate channel. 0 : function disabled, 1 : function enabled Network (CDE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
27 / 802
2.1.16 (I_TX_LAPD) - (I_TX_LAPD)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value I_TX_LAPD I_TX_LAPD
Maximum LAPD transmission queue length. Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 5 Maximum 204 Default 105
28 / 802
2.1.17 (LB_DECR) - (LB_DECR)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition LB_DECR LB_DECR
Stepsize by which a leaky bucket overload counter in the BSC is decremented on T_LB_OV expiry. Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 10 Default 3
29 / 802
2.1.18 (LB_INCR) - (LB_INCR)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition LB_INCR LB_INCR
Stepsize by which a leaky bucket overload counter in the BSC is incremented each time an OVERLOAD is received from the FU. Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 10 Default 2
30 / 802
2.1.19 (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [1]) - (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [1])

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [1] MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [1]
Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I. Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 10
31 / 802

32 / 802

33 / 802

34 / 802

35 / 802

36 / 802

37 / 802

38 / 802

39 / 802

40 / 802
2.1.29 (Mobile Country Code (MCC)) - (MCC (BSC))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value Mobile Country Code. 3 digits BCD Equal to MCC (MFS) Network (CDE) Reference BSC OMC Unit None Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Minimum 0 Maximum 999 Default 999 Mobile Country Code (MCC) MCC (BSC)
OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Network The value depends on the configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
41 / 802
2.1.30 (Mobile Network Code (MNC)) - (MNC (BSC))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value Mobile Network Code. 3 digits BCD Equal to MNC (MFS) Network (CDE) Reference BSC OMC Unit None Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Minimum 0 Maximum 999 Default 999 Mobile Network Code (MNC) MNC (BSC)
OMC Changes: Displayed(PRC&SC) RNO Changes: No Network The value depends on configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes. The operator is allowed to enter 2 or 3 digits MNC in the CDE table. MNC such as yz or Fyz correspond to a 2 digits MNC (y, z = 0..9). (F binary coded 1111) MNC such as xyz correspond to a 3 digits MNC (x = 0..9). No No
42 / 802
2.1.31 (N200_RSL (BSC)) - (N200_RSL (BSC))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value N200_RSL (BSC) N200_RSL (BSC)
Maximum number of retransmissions of a LAPD frame on a RSL. N200_RSL (BSC) = N200_RSL (BTS) + 2 Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 3 Maximum 20 Default 12
OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No The value of this parameter is driven by the associated Abis connection type, At migration time, it is set to 5sec for all Abis, if at least one Abis Lapd timer is greater than 500msec It can be changed indirectly from the OMC (through the change of Abis connection type) default Value: 12 for terrestrial link, value 5 for Abis via satellite No No
43 / 802
2.1.32 (NBLK) - (NBLK)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition NBLK NBLK
Maximum number of BLOCK messages that can be sent if the ACK from the MSC is not received. 255: infinite transmission Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 255 Default 2
44 / 802
2.1.33 (NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1) - (NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1 NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1
Number of steps needed to reduce the load upon TCU overload level 1. NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1 NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2 Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 10 Default 1
45 / 802
2.1.34 (NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2) - (NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2 NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2
Number of steps to reduce the load upon TCU overload level 2. NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2 NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1 Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 10 Default 2
46 / 802
2.1.35 (NUBLK) - (NUBLK)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition NUBLK NUBLK
Maximum number of UNBLOCK messages that are sent if the ACK from the MSC is not received. 255: infinite transmission Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 255 Default 2
47 / 802
2.1.36 (PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS) (PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(BSC))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(BSC)
Frequency bands used in the whole PLMN. 0: GSM900 and DCS1800 bands 1: GSM850 and DCS1800 bands 2: GSM850 and DCS1900 bands 3,...,255: for future use This parameter shall be coded over 8 bits as a provision for future frequency. band combinations. PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(BSC) = PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(MFS) Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 2 Default 0
Mandatory rules
OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Within the same PLMN, the FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter of a given cell can be selected among one of the following values: - PGSM (GSM900) or EGSM (GSM900) or DCS1800 or PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900 and DCS1800 bands", - GSM850 or DCS1800 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BAND is set to GSM850-DCS1800, GSM850 or DCS1900 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1900 bands". No No
48 / 802
2.1.37 (PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS) (PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(MFS))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(MFS)
Frequency bands used in the whole PLMN. 0: GSM900 and DCS1800 bands 1: GSM850 and DCS1800 bands 2: GSM850 and DCS1900 bands 3,...,255: for future use This parameter shall be coded over 8 bits as a provision for future frequency band combinations. PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(BSC) = PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(MFS) Network (CDE) Number MFS MFS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 2 Default 0
Mandatory rules
OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Customer BUL file Within the same PLMN, the FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter of a given cell can be selected among one of the following values: - PGSM (GSM900) or EGSM (GSM900) or DCS1800 or PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900 and DCS1800 bands", - GSM850 or DCS1800 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to GSM850-DCS1800, GSM850 or DCS1900 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1900 bands". No No
49 / 802
2.1.38 (PROT_MON) - (PROT_MON)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition PROT_MON PROT_MON
Time in which PROT_TH is to be reached to report an alarm. On timeout, the protocol error counter is reset. step size = 0.1sec Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 6553.5 Default 10
50 / 802
2.1.39 (PROT_TH) - (PROT_TH)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value PROT_TH PROT_TH
Protocol error threshold for alarm detection. Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 255 Default 10
51 / 802
2.1.40 (SDCCH_AVG_PERIOD) - (SDCCH_AVG_PERIOD)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value SDCCH_AVG_PERIOD SDCCH_AVG_PERIOD
Period used to average the processor occupancy measurements. 8 bits, step size=1sec Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 16 Default 10
52 / 802
2.1.41 (SDCCH_HIGH_DELAY) - (SDCCH_HIGH_DELAY)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition SDCCH_HIGH_DELAY SDCCH_HIGH_DELAY
Delay added to SDCCH internal release when TCU processor load is high. step size = 0.1sec Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 10 Default 2
53 / 802
2.1.42 (SDCCH_LOW_DELAY) - (SDCCH_LOW_DELAY)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition SDCCH_LOW_DELAY SDCCH_LOW_DELAY
Delay added to SDCCH internal release when TCU processor load is low. step size = 0.1sec Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 10 Default 0
54 / 802
2.1.43 (SMS_INHIBIT) - (SMS_INHIBIT)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value SMS_INHIBIT SMS_INHIBIT
This flag enables/disables SMS support. 0: SMS permitted, 1: SMS inhibited Network (CDE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
55 / 802
2.1.44 (SSF) - (SSF)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition SSF SSF
This parameter inditifies the numbering plan of the Signalling Point Code. coded over 4 bits.only values 0, 4, 8 and 12 are defined : Value = 0, international network; Value = 4, Spare, reserved for international use; Value = 8, National network; Value = 12 , Reserved for national use Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 12 Default 12
Coding rules
Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No SSF (Sub-Service Field) is composed of 4 bits: 2bits for Network Indicator and 2 spare bits. No No
56 / 802
2.1.45 (T_BTS_EST_CNF) - (T_BTS_EST_CNF)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value T_BTS_EST_CNF T_BTS_EST_CNF
Supervision of the SAPI 3 Establishment procedure. step size = 0.1sec Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 6553.5 Default 4
57 / 802
2.1.46 (T_BTS_RLS_CNF) - (T_BTS_RLS_CNF)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value T_BTS_RLS_CNF T_BTS_RLS_CNF
Supervision of the SAPI 3 Release procedure. step size = 0.1sec Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 6553.5 Default 4
58 / 802
2.1.47 (T_CBC_READY) - (T_CBC_READY)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition T_CBC_READY T_CBC_READY
Defines the maximum period during which the BSC tries to connect to the CBC before issueing an alarm or returning CMD-MODE Resp. step size: 1 sec T_CBC_READY > 8 * T_CONNECT Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 10 Maximum 600 Default 300
59 / 802
2.1.48 (T_COUNT_I) - (T_COUNT_I)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition T_COUNT_I T_COUNT_I
Supervision of the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to TCU overload. Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 50 Default 12
60 / 802
2.1.49 (T_i) - (T_i)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition T_i T_i
Duration of SSP or SPI condition that triggers an Internal Reset procedure. step size = 0.1sec Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 10 Default 3
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking No No
61 / 802
2.1.50 (T_LB_OV) - (T_LB_OV)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition T_LB_OV T_LB_OV
Supervision of the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to FU overload. step size = 0.1sec Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0.1 Maximum 25.5 Default 10
62 / 802
2.1.51 (T_OVL_MSC) - (T_OVL_MSC)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition T_OVL_MSC T_OVL_MSC
Minimum delay between two consecutive OVERLOAD messages sent to the MSC. step size = 0.1sec Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0.1 Maximum 6553.5 Default 20
63 / 802
2.1.52 (T_RCR_ACK) - (T_RCR_ACK)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value T_RCR_ACK T_RCR_ACK
Supervision of the RF Channel Release procedure. step size = 0.1sec Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 6553.5 Default 5
64 / 802
2.1.53 (T_SMSCB_RESP) - (T_SMSCB_RESP)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value T_SMSCB_RESP T_SMSCB_RESP
Maximum waiting time to get a response from the BTS to a primitive. step size = 1 sec Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 1 Maximum 10 Default 2
OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Recommendation for customising this value at migration time: Take B6.2 value of T_SMSCB_READY. No No
65 / 802
2.1.54 (T1_0858) - (T1_0858)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition T1_0858 T1_0858
Delay during which, after reception of an OVERLOAD from the BTS, a new OVERLOAD is ignored. step size = 0.1sec T1_0858 < T2_0858 Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 3 Maximum 6553.5 Default 30
66 / 802
2.1.55 (T2_0858) - (T2_0858)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition T2_0858 T2_0858
Minimum delay between debarring of an access class, in the case where the BTS stops sending OVERLOAD. step size = 0.1sec T2_0858 > T1_0858 Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 3 Maximum 6553.5 Default 50
67 / 802
2.1.56 (T9101) - (T9101)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value T9101 T9101
Supervision of the SCCP connection release procedure. step size = 0.1sec Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 6553.5 Default 10
68 / 802
2.1.57 (T9103) - (T9103)

Supervision of the Channel Activation procedure. step size = 0.1sec Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 6553.5 Default 3
69 / 802
2.1.58 (T9108) - (T9108)

Supervision of the Physical Context procedure. step size = 0.1sec Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 6553.5 Default 3
70 / 802
2.1.59 (T9110) - (T9110)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition T9110 T9110
Guards the response of the MSC when no resources are allocated to the SCCP connection (started on the reception of CONN_IND(SCCP_CON_REQ) not carrying a HANDOVER REQUEST message and stopped when a HANDOVER REQUEST message is received on the same SCCP connection as the SCCP_CON_REQ message). Guards also the response of the MSC when a HANDOVER FAILURE or ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message has been sent (stopped when a HANDOVER REQUEST or CLEAR COMMAND message is received). step size = 0.1sec T9110 << max [T(ias), T(iar)]. Due to implementation of SCCP reassembly procedure in B7.2, the value of T9110 should be increased of at least 10 sec compared to B6.2. Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 6553.5 Default 20
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules
Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure No No
71 / 802
2.1.60 (TCH_INFO_PERIOD) - (TCH_INFO_PERIOD)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value TCH_INFO_PERIOD TCH_INFO_PERIOD
Periodicity of TCH usage information update in the BSC. stepsize = 0.1 Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSS Unit sec Minimum 2 Maximum 25.5 Default 5
OMC Changes: Displayed RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / HO Control No No
72 / 802
2.1.61 (THR_LB_OV) - (THR_LB_OV)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition THR_LB_OV THR_LB_OV
Counter threshold for triggering global defence actions in the BSC upon FU overload. Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 50 Default 10
73 / 802
2.1.62 (THRESHOLD_1_0) - (THRESHOLD_1_0)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition THRESHOLD_1_0 THRESHOLD_1_0
Free buffer thresholds separating no overload condition and overload level 1 condition when pointer P points at position 0. THRESHOLD_1_0 THRESHOLD_2_0 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 25
74 / 802

75 / 802

76 / 802

77 / 802

78 / 802

79 / 802

80 / 802

81 / 802

82 / 802

83 / 802

84 / 802

Free buffer thresholds separating overload level 1 condition and overload level 2 condition when pointer P points at position 0. THRESHOLD_2_0 THRESHOLD_1_0 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 22
85 / 802

86 / 802

87 / 802

88 / 802

89 / 802

90 / 802

91 / 802

92 / 802

93 / 802

94 / 802

95 / 802
2.1.84 (TL_TCUA) - (TL_TCUA)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition TL_TCUA TL_TCUA
Minimum delay between two consecutive TCU load increaseby the local overload controller. step size = 0.1sec TL_TCUA >TS_TCUA Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0.1 Maximum 50 Default 20
96 / 802
2.1.85 (TL1) - (TL1)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition TL1 TL1
BSC processor occupancy threshold used to decrement pointer P on buffer occupancy thresholds. TL1 < TL2 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 70
97 / 802
2.1.86 (TL2) - (TL2)

BSC processor occupancy threshold used to increment pointer P on buffer occupancy thresholds. TL3 > TL4 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 85
98 / 802
2.1.87 (TL3) - (TL3)

Threshold on TCU processor occupancy for transition from high load status to low load status. TL3 < TL4 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 75
99 / 802
2.1.88 (TL4) - (TL4)

Threshold on TCU processor occupancy for transition from low load status to high load status. TL4 > TL3 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 95
100 / 802
2.1.89 (TRG_SDCCH) - (TRG_SDCCH)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition TRG_SDCCH TRG_SDCCH
Controls if local overload controller is triggered upon SDCCH overload. 1 for TCU, 0 for others Network (CDE) Flag BSC BSC proc Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No This parameter is set by default to 1 for TCUs. It shall be set to 0 for other BSC processors No No
101 / 802
2.1.90 (TS_TCUA) - (TS_TCUA)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition TS_TCUA TS_TCUA
Minimum delay between two consecutive TCU load reduction by the local overload controller. step size = 0.1sec TS_TCUA < TL_TCUA Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0.1 Maximum 50 Default 10
2.2 Site (CAE)
102 / 802
2.2.1 (A_LEV_HO) - (A_LEV_HO)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value A_LEV_HO A_LEV_HO
Window size for level averages for handover. A_LEV_HO + W_LEV_HO < 32 A_LEV_HO = 2 x A_LEV_PC. A_PBGT_HO = 2 x A_LEV_HO Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 31 Default 8
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Averaging PC-HO Window Size
Cell Type Dependent
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell
8 8 8 8 4 8 8 8
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
103 / 802
2.2.2 (A_LEV_MCHO) - (A_LEV_MCHO)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value A_LEV_MCHO A_LEV_MCHO
Window size for level averages for microcell handover. A_LEV_MCHO + W_LEV_MCHO < 16 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 15 Default 2
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO Parameters /Lower Layer HO Control
Cell Type Dependent
N/A N/A N/A N/A 2 N/A N/A N/A
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
104 / 802
2.2.3 (A_LEV_PC) - (A_LEV_PC)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value A_LEV_PC A_LEV_PC
Window size for level averages for power control. A_LEV_PC + W_LEV_PC < 32 A_LEV_HO = 2 x A_LEV_PC Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 31 Default 4
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Averaging PC-HO Window Size No No
105 / 802
2.2.4 (A_PBGT_DR) - (A_PBGT_DR)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value A_PBGT_DR A_PBGT_DR
Window size for neighbour cell level averages for forced directed retry. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 15 Default 4
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: DIR Edit Cell / HO parameters / Directed Retry No No
106 / 802
2.2.5 (A_PBGT_HO) - (A_PBGT_HO)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition A_PBGT_HO A_PBGT_HO
Window size for averaging neighbour cell levels and averaging current cell levels for power budget calculation. A_PBGT_HO + W_PBGT_HO < 32 A_PBGT_HO = 2 x A_LEV_HO Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 31 Default 16
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Averaging PC-HO Window Size should be set to 6 in suburban area, to 8 in urban area and to 12 in rural area
Cell Type Dependent
12 12 12 12 6 12 12 12
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
107 / 802
2.2.6 (A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR) - (A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR
Quality averaging window size for AMR FR-to-HR channel adaptation. step size = 1 Samfr A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 61 Default 61
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Averaging PC-HO Window Size No No
108 / 802
2.2.7 (A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR) - (A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR
Quality averaging window size for AMR HR-to-FR channel adaptation. step size = 1 Samfr A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 61 Default 8
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Averaging PC-HO Window Size No No
109 / 802
2.2.8 (A_QUAL_HO) - (A_QUAL_HO)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value A_QUAL_HO A_QUAL_HO
Window size for quality averages for handover. A_QUAL_HO + W_QUAL_HO < 32 A_QUAL_HO = 2 x A_QUAL_PC Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 31 Default 8
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Averaging PC-HO Window Size
Cell Type Dependent
8 8 8 8 4 8 8 8
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
110 / 802
2.2.9 (A_QUAL_PC) - (A_QUAL_PC)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value A_QUAL_PC A_QUAL_PC
Window size for quality averages for power control. A_QUAL_PC + W_QUAL_PC < 32 A_QUAL_HO = 2 x A_QUAL_PC Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 31 Default 4
111 / 802
2.2.10 (A_RANGE_HO) - (A_RANGE_HO)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value A_RANGE_HO A_RANGE_HO
Window size for distance averages. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 31 Default 8
112 / 802
2.2.11 (A_TRAFFIC_LOAD) - (A_TRAFFIC_LOAD)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value Window size for load averages. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Minimum 1 Maximum 16 Default 12 A_TRAFFIC_LOAD A_TRAFFIC_LOAD
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3 No
Nb of TRX Dependent t01 4 t02 4 t03 8 t04 8 t05 12 t06 12 t07 12 t08 12 t09 12 t010 12 t011 12 t012 12
113 / 802
2.2.12 (AC 0) - (AC_0)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value AC 0 AC_0
Indicates if Access Class 0 is barred. 0: not barred, 1: barred Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl No No
114 / 802
2.2.13 (AC 1) - (AC_1)

115 / 802
2.2.14 (AC 11) - (AC_11)

116 / 802
2.2.15 (AC 12) - (AC_12)

117 / 802
2.2.16 (AC 13) - (AC_13)

118 / 802
2.2.17 (AC 14) - (AC_14)

119 / 802
2.2.18 (AC 15) - (AC_15)

120 / 802
2.2.19 (AC 2) - (AC_2)

121 / 802
2.2.20 (AC 3) - (AC_3)

122 / 802
2.2.21 (AC 4) - (AC_4)

123 / 802
2.2.22 (AC 5) - (AC_5)

124 / 802
2.2.23 (AC 6) - (AC_6)

125 / 802
2.2.24 (AC 7) - (AC_7)

126 / 802
2.2.25 (AC 8) - (AC_8)

127 / 802
2.2.26 (AC 9) - (AC_9)

128 / 802
2.2.27 (ADDITIONAL_RESELECT_PARAM) (ADDITIONAL_RESELECT_PARAM)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition ADDITIONAL_RESELECT_PARAM ADDITIONAL_RESELECT_PARAM
Indicates if C2 cell selection parameters are present in SYS_INFO_7&8 or SYS_INFO_4. 1bit; 0= the SI 4 rest octets, if present, are used to derive the value of PI and possibly C2 parameters. 1= the value of PI and possibly C2 parameters in a SYS INFO TYPE or message 8 are used Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Selection No No
129 / 802
2.2.28 (Administrative cell Barring) - (CELL_BAR_ACCESS)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Administrative cell Barring CELL_BAR_ACCESS
This parameter identifies if the cell is barred by the operator for MS initial access. 0: not barred, 1: barred Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Control No No
130 / 802
2.2.29 (AG_PREMPT_PCH) - (AG_PREMPT_PCH)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition AG_PREMPT_PCH AG_PREMPT_PCH
Flag to enable pre-emption of Paging sub-channels for Access Grant messages when BS_ AG_BLKS_RES = 1. 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled if BS_AG_BLKS_RES = 0 then the flag is not used (pre-emption mandatory, default value 0 is not used by BTS ) if BS_AG_BLKS_RES = 1 then AG_PREMPT_PCH =1 or 0 (pre-emption allowed) if BS_AG_BLKS_RES > 1 then AG_PREMPT_PCH = 0 (pre-emption forbidden). Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Ctrl Channel No No
131 / 802
2.2.30 (ALLOC_ANYWAY) - (ALLOC_ANYWAY)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition ALLOC_ANYWAY ALLOC_ANYWAY
Controls whether a queued request can be allocated on free resource at expiry of its queuing timer independently of the threshold NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO. Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / HO Parameters / General HO Control only relevant when NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO > 0 No No
132 / 802
2.2.31 (AMR_FR_HYST) - (AMR_FR_HYST)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules AMR_FR_HYST AMR_FR_HYST
Hysteresis for AMR FR codec mode adaptation. step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, , 15 = 7.5 dB As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_FR_HYST + AMR_FR_THR_i 16dB (with i = 13). Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 7.5 Default 2
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3 Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s). Significant only if EN_AMR_FR is set to TRUE. No No
133 / 802
2.2.32 (AMR_FR_SUBSET) - (AMR_FR_SUBSET)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition AMR_FR_SUBSET AMR_FR_SUBSET
Bitmap (8 bits) defining the codec subset that shall be used for AMR FR calls (1 to 4 codecs). bit 8 (most significant)=1: 12,2 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 7=1: 10,2 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 6=1: 7,95 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 5=1: 7,40 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 4=1: 6,70 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 3=1: 5,90 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 2=1: 5,15 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 1 (least significant)=1: 4,75 kbit/s is part of the subset In one subset a maximum of 4 codec modes can be chosen (a maximum of 4 bits can be set to 1). Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 240 Default 164
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Edit BSC / Procedures / AMR Default value corresponds to an optimal codec subset:12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s No No
134 / 802
2.2.33 (AMR_FR_THR_1) - (AMR_FR_THR_1)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition AMR_FR_THR_1 AMR_FR_THR_1
Threshold for AMR FR codec mode adaptation between lowest codec mode and second lowest codec mode. step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, , 63 = 31.5 dB AMR_FR_THR_1 AMR_FR_THR_2 As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_FR_HYST + AMR_FR_THR_1 16dB. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 31.5 Default 6.5
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3 Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s). AMR_FR_THR_1 is not used if less than 2 codecs are in the AMR FR subset. Significant only if EN_AMR_FR is set to TRUE. No No
135 / 802

Threshold for AMR FR codec mode adaptation between second lowest codec mode and third lowest codec mode. step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, , 63 = 31.5 dB AMR_FR_THR_3 AMR_FR_THR_2 AMR_FR_THR_1 As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_FR_HYST + AMR_FR_THR_2 16dB. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 31.5 Default 11.5
136 / 802

Threshold for AMR FR codec mode adaptation between third lowest codec mode and fourth lowest codec mode. step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, , 63 = 31.5 dB AMR_FR_THR_3 AMR_FR_THR_2 As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_FR_HYST + AMR_FR_THR_3 16dB. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 31.5 Default 11.5
137 / 802
2.2.36 (AMR_HR_HYST) - (AMR_HR_HYST)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules AMR_HR_HYST AMR_HR_HYST
Hysteresis for AMR HR codec mode adaptation. step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, , 15 = 7.5 dB As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_HR_HYST + AMR_HR_THR_i 16dB (with i = 13). Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 7.5 Default 2
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3 Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s). Significant only if EN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE. No No
138 / 802
2.2.37 (AMR_HR_SUBSET) - (AMR_HR_SUBSET)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition AMR_HR_SUBSET AMR_HR_SUBSET
Bitmap (6 bits) defining the codec subset that shall be used for AMR HR calls (1 to 4 codecs). Coded on 1 byte. Bit 8 (most significant) = Bit 7 = 0; bit 6 =1: 7,95 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 5=1: 7,40 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 4=1: 6,70 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 3=1: 5,90 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 2=1: 5,15 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 1 (least significant)=1: 4,75 kbit/s is part of the subset; In one subset a maximum of 4 codec modes can be chosen (a maximum of 4 bits can be set to 1). The subset shall not contain only 7.4 kbit/s codec mode. The codec mode 7.95 kbit/s is not supported by Alcatel BSS. Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 60 Default 22
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Edit BSC / Procedures / AMR Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s). No No
139 / 802
2.2.38 (AMR_HR_THR_1) - (AMR_HR_THR_1)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition AMR_HR_THR_1 AMR_HR_THR_1
Threshold for AMR HR codec mode adaptation between lowest codec mode and second lowest codec mode. step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, , 63 = 31.5 dB AMR_HR_THR_1 AMR_HR_THR_2 As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_HR_HYST + AMR_HR_THR_1 16dB. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 31.5 Default 11
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3 Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s). AMR_HR_THR_1 is not used if less than 2 codecs are in the AMR HR subset. Significant only if EN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE. No No
140 / 802

Threshold for AMR HR codec mode adaptation between second lowest codec mode and third lowest codec mode. step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, , 63 = 31.5 dB AMR_HR_THR_3 AMR_HR_THR_2 AMR_HR_THR_1 As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_HR_HYST + AMR_HR_THR_2 16dB. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 31.5 Default 12.5
141 / 802

Threshold for AMR HR codec mode adaptation between third lowest codec mode and fourth lowest codec mode. step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, , 63 = 31.5 dB AMR_HR_THR_3 AMR_HR_THR_2 As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_HR_HYST + AMR_HR_THR_3 16dB. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 31.5 Default 12.5
142 / 802
2.2.41 (AMR_START_MODE_FR) - (AMR_START_MODE_FR)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition AMR_START_MODE_FR AMR_START_MODE_FR
Indicates the codec used at the beginning of a FR AMR call, until codec mode adaptation is started by the BTS. 0: implicit rule is used for initial codec mode; 1: lowest codec mode of the subset; 2: second lowest codec mode (used if the subset contains more than one codec mode); 3: third lowest codec mode (used if the subset contains more than two codec modes); 4: highest codec mode (used if the subset contains four codec modes) Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 4 Default 0
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Procedures / AMR No No
143 / 802
2.2.42 (AMR_START_MODE_HR) - (AMR_START_MODE_HR)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition AMR_START_MODE_HR AMR_START_MODE_HR
Indicates the codec used at the beginning of a HR AMR call, until codec mode adaptation is started by the BTS. 0: implicit rule is used for initial codec mode; 1: lowest codec mode of the subset; 2: second lowest codec mode (used if the subset contains more than one codec mode); 3: third lowest codec mode (used if the subset contains more than two codec modes); 4: highest codec mode (used if the subset contains four codec modes) If AMR_START_MODE_HR is explicit (I.e. not equal to 0), the chosen codec mode shall not correspond to 7.40 kbit/s. Use codec mode 6.7 kbit/s as start mode for AMR HR should be avoided. Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 4 Default 0
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules
OMC Changes: PRC &SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Procedures / AMR No No
144 / 802
2.2.43 (AUTO_BAR_BSS_OVERLOAD) - (EN_BSS_OVRL_CLASS_BAR)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition AUTO_BAR_BSS_OVERLOAD EN_BSS_OVRL_CLASS_BAR
This flag enables/disables access class automatic barring upon BTS/BSC overload. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Procedures / Overload and Barring No No
145 / 802
2.2.44 (AUTO_BAR_CELL) - (AUT_BAR)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value AUTO_BAR_CELL AUT_BAR
This flag enables/inhibits automatic barring of cell. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
146 / 802
2.2.45 (AUTO_BAR_EC) - (EC_BAR)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value AUTO_BAR_EC EC_BAR
This flag enables/disables automatic barring of Emergency Class. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
147 / 802
2.2.46 (Automatic AC barring on TCH load) - (EN_LOAD_MNGT)

Parameter Name Alcatel Automatic AC barring on TCH load EN_LOAD_MNGT
Logical Name Definition
This flag enables/disables automatic barring of access classes on TCH load criterion. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl No No
148 / 802
2.2.47 (B_NUM) - (B_NUM)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value B_NUM B_NUM
Number of BLOCK/UNBLOCK messages sent in one burst. Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 35 Default 5
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking Default value depends on MSC type. No No
149 / 802
2.2.48 (BCC) - (BCC (BSC))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value BTS colour code of the cell. coded over 3 bits Equal to BCC (MFS) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Modifiable Parameter Access Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0 BCC BCC (BSC)
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description (+ Edit External cell / circuit1/2) Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
External Comment
150 / 802
2.2.49 (BCC) - (BCC (MFS))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value BTS colour code of the cell. coded over 3 bits Equal to BCC (BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Modifiable Parameter Access Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0 BCC BCC (MFS)
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description (+ Edit External cell / circuit1/2) Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
External Comment
151 / 802
2.2.50 (BCC) - (BCC (n))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value BCC BCC (n)
BTS colour code of the adjacent cell. coded over 3 bits Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No Edit External Cell / Circuit 1/2 Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
152 / 802
2.2.51 (BCCH_ARFCN) - (BCCH_ARFCN(n))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition BCCH_ARFCN BCCH_ARFCN(n)
Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number of the BCCH of the adjacent cell. In a cell where FREQUENCY_RANGE = EGSM or EGSM-DCS1800, the BCCH ARFCN belonging to the G1 band shall not be selected by the operator. This rule also applies to cells external to the OMC. Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1023 Default None
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Adjacencies In the Alcatel BSS, the support of the G1 band is limited to TCHs. No No
153 / 802
2.2.52 (BCCH_EXT) - (BCCH_EXT)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules BCCH_EXT BCCH_EXT
This flag enables / disables the use of extended BCCH. 0: false, 1:true BCCH_EXT cannot be set to true if the associated BTS is a non-Evolium one when BCCH_EXT=TRUE, BS_AG_BLKS_RES>0 When EN_SOLSA is enabled, the BCCH_EXT shall be set to true. The support of extended BCCH (parameter BCCH_EXT) is HIGHLY recommended in cells having adjacent cells in several frequency bands and at least 18 adjacent frequencies within the same band. Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Recommended rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 3/3 No No
154 / 802
2.2.53 (BS_AG_BLKS_RES) - (BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition BS_AG_BLKS_RES BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC)
Number of CCCH blocks reserved for the access grant channel (AGCH). coded on 3 bits (000 : 0, ...111 : 7) BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS) = BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC) for a given cell when BCCH_EXT=TRUE, BS_AG_BLKS_RES>0 when CCCH_CONF=0 and CBCH is configured in the cell, BS_AG_BLKS_RES>0 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 4
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG Edit Cell / Cell Information / Ctrl Channel Maximum and Default values given for CCCH_CONF=0 For CCCH_CONF=1, max=2, def=1 No No
155 / 802
2.2.54 (BS_P_CON_ACK) - (BS_P_CON_ACK)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value BS_P_CON_ACK BS_P_CON_ACK
Supervision of the BS Power Control procedure. step size=1 (2 x Samfr) Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit 2 x Samfr Minimum 0 Maximum 31 Default 3
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control
Cell Type Dependent
3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
156 / 802
2.2.55 (BS_P_CON_INT) - (BS_P_CON_INT)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value BS_P_CON_INT BS_P_CON_INT
Minimum delay between two consecutive BS power commands. step size=1 (2 x Samfr) Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit 2 x Samfr Minimum 0 Maximum 31 Default 1
Cell Type Dependent
1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
157 / 802
2.2.56 (BS_PA_MFRMS) - (BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition BS_PA_MFRMS BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC)
Number of 51 frame multiframes between consecutive occurrences of a Paging Group. coded on 3 bits (000 : 2, ... 111: 9) BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC) = BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS) for a given cell Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 2 Maximum 9 Default 5
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG Edit Cell / Cell Information / Ctrl Channel The bigger this parameter is, the lesser the MS power consumption is. No No
158 / 802
2.2.57 (BS_TXPWR_MAX) - (BS_TXPWR_MAX (BSC))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules BS_TXPWR_MAX BS_TXPWR_MAX (BSC)
BTS maximum allowed transmission power. step size = 2dB. 0: 0 dB, 1: -2dB, ..., 15: -30dB BS_TXPWR_MAX BS_TXPWR_MIN Equal to BS_TXPWR_MAX (MFS) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -30 Maximum 0 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control The BTS maximum allowed transmit power is defined relatively to the BTS maximum RF transmit power in GMSK (due to hardware limitation). No No
159 / 802
2.2.58 (BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER) - (BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER (BSC))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER (BSC)
Definition
BTS maximum allowed transmission power used for the TRX of the inner zone in a concentric or multi-band cell. step size = 2dB. 0: 0 dB, 1: -2dB, ..., 15: -30dB Equal to BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER (MFS) and BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER BS_TXPWR_MIN Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -30 Maximum 0 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control The BTS maximum allowed transmit power is defined relatively to the BTS maximum RF transmit power in GMSK (due to hardware limitation). Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
Cell Type Dependent
N/A N/A # # N/A N/A N/A N/A
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
160 / 802
2.2.59 (BS_TXPWR_MIN) - (BS_TXPWR_MIN)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules BS_TXPWR_MIN BS_TXPWR_MIN
BTS minimum allowed transmission power. step size = 2dB. 0: 0 dB, 1: -2dB, ..., 15: -30dB BS_TXPWR_MIN BS_TXPWR_MAX BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER BS_TXPWR_MIN Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -30 Maximum 0 Default -24
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control No No
161 / 802
2.2.60 (BSC Primary X25 Address) - (BSC_X25_primary_address)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value BSC X25 primary address. 0 to 15 characters string. *: default = empty string changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference OMC BSC Unit None Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default * BSC Primary X25 Address BSC_X25_primary_address
OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No DCN Management / Add a BSS The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
162 / 802
2.2.61 (BSC Primary X25 Address [1]) - (BSC_X25_primary_address_i [1])

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value BSC Primary X25 Address [1] BSC_X25_primary_address_i [1]
First character of BSC X25 primary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
163 / 802

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name BSC Primary X25 Address [10] BSC_X25_primary_address_i [10]
Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Tenth character of BSC X25 primary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
164 / 802

Eleventh character of BSC X25 primary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
165 / 802

Twelfth character of BSC X25 primary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
166 / 802

Thirteenth character of BSC X25 primary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
167 / 802

Fourteenth character of BSC X25 primary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
168 / 802

Fifteenth character of BSC X25 primary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
169 / 802

Second character of BSC X25 primary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
170 / 802

Third character of BSC X25 primary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
171 / 802

Fourth character of BSC X25 primary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
172 / 802

Fifth character of BSC X25 primary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
173 / 802

Sixth character of BSC X25 primary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
174 / 802

Seventh character of BSC X25 primary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
175 / 802

Eighth character of BSC X25 primary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
176 / 802

Ninth character of BSC X25 primary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
177 / 802
2.2.76 (BSC Secondary X25 Address) - (BSC_X25_secondary_address)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value BSC X25 secondary address. 0 to 15 characters string. *: default = empty string changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference OMC BSC Unit None Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default * BSC Secondary X25 Address BSC_X25_secondary_address
178 / 802
2.2.77 (BSC Secondary X25 Address [1]) (BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [1])

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name BSC Secondary X25 Address [1] BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [1]
First character of BSC X25 secondary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
179 / 802

Parameter Name Alcatel BSC Secondary X25 Address [10] BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [10]
Logical Name
Tenth character of BSC X25 secondary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
180 / 802

Logical Name
Eleventh character of BSC X25 secondary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
181 / 802

Logical Name
Twelfth character of BSC X25 secondary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
182 / 802

Logical Name
Thirteenth character of BSC X25 secondary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
183 / 802

Logical Name
Fourteenth character of BSC X25 secondary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
184 / 802

Logical Name
Fifteenth character of BSC X25 secondary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
185 / 802

Second character of BSC X25 secondary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
186 / 802

Third character of BSC X25 secondary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
187 / 802

Fourth character of BSC X25 secondary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
188 / 802

Fifth character of BSC X25 secondary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
189 / 802

Sixth character of BSC X25 secondary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
190 / 802

Seventh character of BSC X25 secondary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
191 / 802

Eighth character of BSC X25 secondary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
192 / 802

Ninth character of BSC X25 secondary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
193 / 802
2.2.92 (BSC Signalling Point Code) - (OPC)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value Signalling Point Code of the BSC. coded over 14 bits Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Minimum 0 Maximum 16383 Default 12 BSC Signalling Point Code OPC
OMC Changes: EML RNO Changes: No BSS parameters / A interface info Must be equal to DPC and SSF used by the MSC for adressing the BSC. Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
194 / 802
2.2.93 (BSC_EN_RF_RES_IND) - (BSC_EN_RF_RES_IND)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition BSC_EN_RF_RES_IND BSC_EN_RF_RES_IND
Enables/disables the RF RESOURCE INDICATION processing by the BSC. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: SEL No No
195 / 802
2.2.94 (BSIC) - (BSIC (GSM))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value BSIC BSIC (GSM)
Concatenation of the NCC and the BCC. Site (CAE) Abstract BSC cell Unit None Minimum # Maximum # Default #
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description No No
196 / 802
2.2.95 (BTS_Queue_Length) - (BTS_Q_LENGTH)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition BTS_Queue_Length BTS_Q_LENGTH
Maximum number of Assignment Requests and Handover Requests that can be queued simultaneously. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 64 Default 3
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent
197 / 802
2.2.96 (CALL_RE_ESTABLISHMENT) - (RE)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition CALL_RE_ESTABLISHMENT RE
This flag indicates to the MS if call reestablishment is allowed in the cell. 0: allowed, 1: not allowed Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl No No
198 / 802
2.2.97 (Call_User_Data_Selector) - (Call_user_data_sel)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value Call_User_Data_Selector Call_user_data_sel
Identifies the higher protocol selector for an outgoing connection. 0 to 16 bytes string Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Interworking / CBC interworking Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Each byte of the string can get a value in the range [0..255]. No No
199 / 802
2.2.98 (Candidate cell priority) - (PRIORITY(0,n))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value Candidate cell priority PRIORITY(0,n)
Priority of the cell n in the HO candidate cell evaluation process. 0: highest priority, 5: lowest priority Site (CAE) Number BSC adj Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 5 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Adjacencies No No
200 / 802
2.2.99 (CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION) (CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION
This parameter determines the condition on traffic load in the serving cell to trigger a general capture handover. 0: Any load, 1: Not low, 2: High Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 2 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO parameters / Hierarchical and multiband HO ctrl No No
201 / 802
2.2.100 (CBC Primary X25 Address) - (CBC_X25_primary_address)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value CBC X25 primary address. 0 to 15 characters string. *: default = empty string changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 32 CBC Primary X25 Address CBC_X25_primary_address
OMC Changes: changeable RNO Changes: No DCN management/Modify Peer Entities The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
202 / 802
2.2.101 (CBC Secondary X25 Address) - (CBC_X25_secondary_address)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value CBC X25 secondary address. 0 to 15 characters string. *: default = empty string changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 32 CBC Secondary X25 Address CBC_X25_secondary_address
OMC Changes: changeable RNO Changes: No DCN management/Modify Peer Entities The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
203 / 802
2.2.102 (CBC_Operator) - (Operator)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Identifies the CBC operator. 0 to 20 characters string (default = empty string) are sent by the OMC on the OMC/BSC interface . BSC performs the padding of OMC string with space characters on the right side of the string until 20 bytes are reached. At Upload, OMC RNL removes padded space characters from the retrieved BSC value. Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 32 CBC_Operator Operator
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Interworking / CBC interworking Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
204 / 802
2.2.103 (CBC_Password) - (Password)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules CBC password. 0 to 20 characters string (default = empty string) are sent by the OMC on the OMC/BSC interface. BSC performs the padding of OMC string with space characters on the right side of the string until 20 bytes are reached. At Upload, OMC RNL removes padded space characters from the retrieved BSC value. Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 32 CBC_Password Password
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Interworking / CBC interworking Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
205 / 802
2.2.104 (CBC_Window) - (CBC_window)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition CBC_Window CBC_window
Maximum number of outstanding primitives on the BSC/CBC interface for both incoming and outgoing primitives. Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled shall be set to "1" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1" Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 3 Default 1
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Interworking / CBC interworking Default value corresponds to SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS1. If SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS2, CBC_Window should be set to 3. No No
206 / 802
2.2.105 (CCCH_LOAD_IND_PERIOD) - (RACHRT)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition CCCH_LOAD_IND_PERIOD RACHRT
Minimum delay between two consecutive sendings of CCCH LOAD INDICATION messages. step size=1 (51mfr) RACHRT > RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit 51mfr Minimum 1 Maximum 255 Default 255
OMC Changes: Displayed(PRC&SC) RNO Changes: PAG Edit Cell / Cell Information / Ctrl Channel No No
207 / 802
2.2.106 (CCCH_LOAD_MEAS_PER) - (RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value CCCH_LOAD_MEAS_PER RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER
Period over which CCCH load measurements are made. step size=1 RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER < RACHRT Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit 51mfr Minimum 1 Maximum 255 Default 32
208 / 802
2.2.107 (cell Identity (CI)) - (CI (BSC))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Cell Identity. LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time Equal to CI (MFS) Site (CAE) Reference BSC cell Unit None Modifiable Parameter Access Minimum 0 Maximum 65535 Default 65535 cell Identity (CI) CI (BSC)
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description ( + Edit External cell / circuit1/2) Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
External Comment
209 / 802
2.2.108 (Cell Type) - (Cell_Type)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Cell Type Cell_Type
Combination of CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE, CELL_LAYER_TYPE, CELL_PARTITION_TYPE, CELL_RANGE. Used for cell default parameter template. Single (0), Concentric (1), Umbrella (2), Micro (3), Umbrella Concentric (4), Mini (5), Extended Inner (6), Extended Outer (7), Mini Concentric (8), Micro Concentric (9), Indoor (10), Indoor Concentric(11) EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO shall be set to disabled when CELL_TYPE is equal to Extended inner or Extended outer. A couple of mate cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same LAC. Site (CAE) Abstract OMC cell Unit None Minimum * Maximum * Default #
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Modifiable
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL/PAG/RRM/HPC/HOC/DIR/GPR Create Cell(+ External OMC cell information) *: possible values are: - Single - Umbrella - Umbrella Concentric Micro - Mini - Micro Concentric (labelled "Micro Multiband" on the HMI) - Mini Concentric (labelled "Mini Multiband" on the HMI) Indoor - Indoor Concentric (labelled "Indoor Multiband" on the HMI) Extended Inner - Extended Outer No No
Parameter Access External Comment
210 / 802
2.2.109 (CELL_BAR_QUALIFY) - (CELL_BAR_QUALIFY)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value CELL_BAR_QUALIFY CELL_BAR_QUALIFY
Indicates the priority of the cell for cell selection. 0: normal priority, 1: low priority Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Control No No
211 / 802
2.2.110 (CELL_EVALUATION) - (CELL_EV)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value CELL_EVALUATION CELL_EV
Handover cell evaluation process applied in the cell. 0: Order, 1: Grade Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control
Cell Type Dependent
grade (1) grade (1) grade (1) grade (1) order (0) grade (1) grade (1) grade (1)
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
212 / 802
2.2.111 (CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS) (CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS
Level hysteresis for cell reselection applied when the new cell is in a different location area or, for a GPRS MS, in a different routing area, or when a GPRS MS is in GMM ready state. step size = 2dB; coded on 3 bits (000 : 0 dB, 111 : 14 dB) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 14 Default 6
213 / 802
2.2.112 (cell_RESELECT_OFFSET) - (CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value Permanent offset to C2 criterion. step size = 2dB; coded on 6 bits (000000:0 dB, 111111 : 126 dB) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent Minimum 0 Maximum 126 Default 0 cell_RESELECT_OFFSET CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET
214 / 802
2.2.113 (CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND) (CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND
Indicates to the MS if parameters for C2 reselection criterion are broadcast. 0: not present, 1: present Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
215 / 802
2.2.114 (Ciphering Algorithms Priority 1) - (BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 1))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Ciphering Algorithms Priority 1 BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 1)
List of encryption algorithms in their prioritized order. coded as an array of 7 bytes. Each byte contains a reference to an encryption algorithm: 1 for A5/1, ... 7 for A5/7. The same encryption algorithm reference cannot be used for two different priorities Site (CAE) List of numbers BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 2 Default 1
Mandatory rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Procedures / Ciphering No No
216 / 802
2.2.115 (Ciphering Algorithms Priority 2) - (BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 2))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Ciphering Algorithms Priority 2 BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 2)
List of encryption algorithms in their prioritized order. coded as an array of 7 bytes. Each byte contains a reference to an encryption algorithm: 1 for A5/1, ... 7 for A5/7. The same encryption algorithm reference cannot be used for two different priorities Site (CAE) List of numbers BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 2 Default 2
Mandatory rules
217 / 802
2.2.116 (ciphering capabilities) - (BTS_CIPH_CAP)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules ciphering capabilities BTS_CIPH_CAP
List of flags indicating what are the BTS ciphering capabilities. Coded as a 8 bits bitmap. Each bit indicates if corresponding encryption algorithm is supported. bit 1 (LSB) : no encryption. bit 2 : A5/1. bit 3 : A5/2...bit 8 : A5/7. bit x =0: encryption not supported. bit x =1: encryption supported Site (CAE) Flag BSC BTS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 1
OMC Changes: Displayed(EML) RNO Changes: No Create/Modify/Copy/Move BTS / Additional information Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
218 / 802
2.2.117 (Circuit Identity Code) - (CIC)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Circuit Identity Code CIC
Circuit Identity Code of an A interface circuit. Coded over 16 bits: top 11 bits = pcm number, remaining 5 bits = TS number Site (CAE) Reference BSC A ch Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 65535 Default 65535
OMC Changes: displayed(EML) RNO Changes: No BSS parameters / A interface info Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
219 / 802
2.2.118 (DELTA_DEC_HO_MARGIN) - (DELTA_DEC_HO_margin)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition DELTA_DEC_HO_MARGIN DELTA_DEC_HO_margin
Correction factor favouring handover cause Power budget when traffic is high in the serving cell and low in neighbour cell(s). Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 24 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Level
Cell Type Dependent
5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 4 dB (4) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5)
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
220 / 802
2.2.119 (DELTA_INC_HO_MARGIN) - (DELTA_INC_HO_margin)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition DELTA_INC_HO_MARGIN DELTA_INC_HO_margin
Correction factor penalizing handover cause Power budget when traffic is low in the serving cell and high in neighbour cell(s). Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 24 Default 0
Cell Type Dependent
5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 4 dB (4) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5)
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
221 / 802
2.2.120 (Directed_Retry) - (EN_DR)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value Directed_Retry EN_DR
This flag enables/disables the execution of Directed Retry. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: DIR Edit Cell / HO parameters / Directed Retry No No
222 / 802
2.2.121 (Downlink DTX) - (DOWNLINK_DTX_ENABLE)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value Downlink DTX DOWNLINK_DTX_ENABLE
This flag defines if downlink DTX is allowed for FR and EFR calls. 0: DTX not allowed, 1: DTX allowed should be enabled when EN_TFO = 1 Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure No No
223 / 802
2.2.122 (DOWNLINK_DTX_AMR_FR) - (Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_FR)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition DOWNLINK_DTX_AMR_FR Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_FR
This flag enables / disables the use of downlink DTX for AMR FR speech calls. 0 : DL DTX for AMR FR disabled, 1 : DL DTX for AMR FR enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
224 / 802
2.2.123 (DOWNLINK_DTX_AMR_HR) - (Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_HR)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition DOWNLINK_DTX_AMR_HR Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_HR
This flag enables / disables the use of downlink DTX for AMR HR speech calls. 0 : DL DTX for AMR HR disabled, 1 : DL DTX for AMR HR enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
225 / 802
2.2.124 (DOWNLINK_DTX_HR) - (Downlink_DTX_enable_HR)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition DOWNLINK_DTX_HR Downlink_DTX_enable_HR
This flag enables / disables the use of downlink DTX for HR speech calls. 0 : DL DTX for HR disabled, 1 : DL DTX for HR enabled should be enabled when EN_TFO = 1 Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
226 / 802
2.2.125 (DTX_FR_INDICATOR) - (DTX_INDICATOR_FR)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition DTX_FR_INDICATOR DTX_INDICATOR_FR
Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM Phase 1 and 2 for FR. Applies for all codecs types except AMR. coding rules : 0: MS May Use DTX for FR 1: MS Shall Use DTX for FR, 2: MS shall not use DTX for FR The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR / DTX_INDICATOR_HR are possible (FR/HR): may/shall, may/shall not, may/may, shall/shall, shall/shall not, shall/may, shall not/shall and shall not/shall not. The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR = shall not and DTX_INDICATOR_HR = may, I.e. shall not/may. Site (CAE) Flag OMC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 2 Default 2
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Description No No
227 / 802
2.2.126 (DTX_FR_INDICATOR_AMR) - (DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition DTX_FR_INDICATOR_AMR DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR
Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies only for AMR FR. 0: MS May Use DTX for AMR FR 1: MS Shall Use DTX for AMR FR, 2: MS shall not use DTX for AMR FR The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR / DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR are possible (FR_AMR / HR_AMR): may/shall, may/shall not, may/may, shall/shall, shall/shall not, shall/may, shall not/shall and shall not/shall not. The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR = shall not and DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR = may, I.e. shall not/may. Site (CAE) Flag OMC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 2 Default 2
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
228 / 802
2.2.127 (DTX_HR_INDICATOR) - (DTX_INDICATOR_HR)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition DTX_HR_INDICATOR DTX_INDICATOR_HR
Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 for HR. Applies for all codecs types except AMR. 0: MS May Use DTX for HR 1: MS Shall Use DTX for HR, 2: MS shall not use DTX for HR The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR / DTX_INDICATOR_HR are possible (FR/HR): may/shall, may/shall not, may/may, shall/shall, shall/shall not, shall/may, shall not/shall and shall not/shall not. The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR = shall not and DTX_INDICATOR_HR = may, I.e. shall not/may. Site (CAE) Flag OMC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 2 Default 2
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
229 / 802
2.2.128 (DTX_HR_INDICATOR_AMR) - (DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition DTX_HR_INDICATOR_AMR DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR
Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies only for AMR HR. 0: MS May Use DTX for AMR HR 1: MS Shall Use DTX for AMR HR, 2: MS shall not use DTX for AMR HR The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR / DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR are possible (FR_AMR / HR_AMR): may/shall, may/shall not, may/may, shall/shall, shall/shall not, shall/may, shall not/shall and shall not/shall not. The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR = shall not and DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR = may, I.e. shall not/may. Site (CAE) Flag OMC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 2 Default 2
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
230 / 802
2.2.129 (DWELL_TIME_STEP) - (DWELL_TIME_STEP)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition DWELL_TIME_STEP DWELL_TIME_STEP
Step value for the modification (increasing or decreasing) of MIN_DWELL_TIME. Site (CAE) Number BSC BSS Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 30 Default 2
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / HO Control No No
231 / 802
2.2.130 (EDR_ASSIGN_FAIL_CAUSE) - (EDR_ASSIGN_FAIL_CAUSE)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EDR_ASSIGN_FAIL_CAUSE EDR_ASSIGN_FAIL_CAUSE
This parameter determines the cause filled in ASSIGNMENT FAILURE sent in case of External Directed Retry. coded over 8 bits Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 127 Default 13
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Procedures / External Direct retry Default value depends on MSC type No No
232 / 802
2.2.131 (EDR_MSG_ORDER) - (EDR_MSG_ORDER)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EDR_MSG_ORDER EDR_MSG_ORDER
This parameter determines the order of transmission of ASSIGNMENT FAILURE and HANDOVER REQUIRED on the A interface in case of an External Directed Retry. 0: Ass Failure before HO Reqd, 1: Ass Failure after HO Reqd Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
233 / 802
2.2.132 (EDR_QUEUING_MAINTAINED) - (EDR_QUEUING_MAINTAINED)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EDR_QUEUING_MAINTAINED EDR_QUEUING_MAINTAINED
This flag indicates whether or not Assignment Request is maintained in queue during External Directed Retry attempt. 0: Request not maintained in queue, 1: Request maintained in queue Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
234 / 802
2.2.133 (EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL) - (EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL
This flag indicates whether ASSIGNMENT FAILURE is sent to the MSC in case of External Directed Retry. 0: Assignment Failure not sent, 1: Assignment Failure sent Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
235 / 802
2.2.134 (EFR_ENABLED) - (EFR_ENABLED)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EFR_ENABLED EFR_ENABLED
This flag indicates whether the operation of enhanced full rate (EFR) is allowed in the cell. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3 No No
236 / 802
2.2.135 (EMERGENCY_CALL) - (EC)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EMERGENCY_CALL EC
Indicates if Emergency calls are allowed for all access classes or only for access classes 11 to 15. 0: all access classes, 1: access classes 11 to 15 only Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
237 / 802
2.2.136 (EN_AMR_CA) - (EN_AMR_CA)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EN_AMR_CA EN_AMR_CA
This flag enables/disables intracell HO for AMR channel adaptation (Handover Causes 26 and 27). 0: disabled, 1: enabled EN_AMR_CA can be enabled only if {EN_AMR_FR=1 AND EN_AMR_HR=1} Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control No No
238 / 802
2.2.137 (EN_AMR_FR) - (EN_AMR_FR)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value EN_AMR_FR EN_AMR_FR
This flag controls whether or not AMR full rate is allowed in the cell. 0: disabled; 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3 No No
239 / 802
2.2.138 (EN_AMR_HR) - (EN_AMR_HR)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value EN_AMR_HR EN_AMR_HR
This flag controls whether or not AMR half rate is allowed in the cell. 0: disabled; 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3 No No
240 / 802
2.2.139 (EN_BALANCED_CI) - (EN_BALANCED_CI)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value EN_BALANCED_CI EN_BALANCED_CI
This flag enables/disables to balance the C/I measure. 0:disable, 1: enable Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: RRM Edit RMS Template / Template X / Description Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
241 / 802
2.2.140 (EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO) - (EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO
This flag enables/disables the detection of too high level in outer zone handover cause (cause 13). 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control
Cell Type Dependent
N/A N/A enable (1) enable (1) N/A N/A N/A N/A
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
242 / 802
2.2.141 (EN_Bi-BAND_MS) - (EN_BI-BAND_MS(n))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EN_Bi-BAND_MS EN_BI-BAND_MS(n)
This flag enables/disables the incoming handovers of bi-band MSs from the preferred band. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Modifiable Parameter Access
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control (+ Edit External cell / circuit1/2) No No
External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
243 / 802
2.2.142 (EN_BS_PC) - (EN_BS_PC)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value EN_BS_PC EN_BS_PC
This flag enables/disables BS Power Control. 0: disabled1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
244 / 802
2.2.143 (EN_CIRCUIT_GROUP) - (EN_CIRCUIT_GROUP)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value EN_CIRCUIT_GROUP EN_CIRCUIT_GROUP
This flag enables/disables the sending of Circuit group messages. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
245 / 802
2.2.144 (EN_DIST_HO) - (EN_DIST_HO)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EN_DIST_HO EN_DIST_HO
This flag enables/disables the detection of distance handover cause (cause 6). 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Distance
Cell Type Dependent
enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) disable (0) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1)
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
246 / 802
2.2.145 (EN_EDR) - (EN_EXT_DR)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EN_EDR EN_EXT_DR
This flag enables/disables the Outgoing External Directed Retry procedure. 0: disabled, 1: enabled EN_EXT_DR should be set to enable when EN_TCH_PREEMPT is set to enable. Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Procedures / External Direct retry For external directed retries, the serving BSC does not know whether or not the external target cells (towards which the directed retry is triggered) are congested. Therefore, Alcatel recommend to set RESP_REQ to 1 if EN_EDR is enabled in order to get a Handover Reject message from the MSC in case all target cells are congested and thus to attempt other procedures. No No
247 / 802
2.2.146 (EN_EXT_MEAS_REP) - (EN_EXT_MEAS_REP)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EN_EXT_MEAS_REP EN_EXT_MEAS_REP
This flag enables/disables the extended measurement reporting for Mobile Assisted Frequency Allocation. 0: disabled; 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / RMS & MAFA No No
248 / 802
2.2.147 (EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HO) - (EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HO)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HO EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HO
This flag enables/disables the use of Fast traffic handovers. 0: disabled; 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / HO Parameters / General HO Control No No
249 / 802
2.2.148 (EN_FORCED_DR) - (EN_FORCED_DR)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EN_FORCED_DR EN_FORCED_DR
This flag enables/disables the Forced Directed Retry handover cause detection. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / HO parameters / Directed Retry No No
250 / 802
2.2.149 (EN_GENERAL_CAPTURE_HO) - (EN_GENERAL_CAPTURE_HO)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EN_GENERAL_CAPTURE_HO EN_GENERAL_CAPTURE_HO
This flag enables/disables the detection of general capture handover cause (cause 24). 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO parameters / Hierarchical and Multiband HO ctrl No No
251 / 802
2.2.150 (EN_IMM_ASS_REJ) - (EN_IM_ASS_REJ)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EN_IMM_ASS_REJ EN_IM_ASS_REJ
This flag indicates if the Immediate Assignment Reject procedure is enabled. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure No No
252 / 802
2.2.151 (EN_INCOMING_HO) - (EN_IC_HO)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value EN_INCOMING_HO EN_IC_HO
This flag enables/disables incoming handovers in the cell. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control No No
253 / 802
2.2.152 (EN_INTERBAND_HO) - (EN_INTERBAND_NEIGH)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EN_INTERBAND_HO EN_INTERBAND_NEIGH
This flag enables / disables the multiband operation by filtering the sending of SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 2ter/5ter. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
254 / 802
2.2.153 (EN_INTRA_DL) - (EN_INTRA_DL)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EN_INTRA_DL EN_INTRA_DL
This flag enables/disables the detection of intracell downlink handover cause (cause 16) for non AMR calls. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality No No
255 / 802
2.2.154 (EN_INTRA_DL_AMR) - (EN_INTRA_DL_AMR)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EN_INTRA_DL_AMR EN_INTRA_DL_AMR
This flag enables/disables the detection of intracell downlink handover cause (cause 16) for AMR calls. 0: disable, 1: enable It is recommended to disable this intracell uplink handover when frequency hopping is applied Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality No No
256 / 802
2.2.155 (EN_INTRA_UL) - (EN_INTRA_UL)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EN_INTRA_UL EN_INTRA_UL
This flag enables/disables the detection of intracell uplink handover cause (cause 15) for non AMR calls. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
257 / 802
2.2.156 (EN_INTRA_UL_AMR) - (EN_INTRA_UL_AMR)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EN_INTRA_UL_AMR EN_INTRA_UL_AMR
This flag enables/disables the detection of intracell uplink handover cause (cause 15) for AMR calls. 0: disable, 1: enable It is recommended to disable this intracell uplink handover when frequency hopping is applied Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
258 / 802
2.2.157 (EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED) - (EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED
This flag enables/disables the repetition of intracell handover attempts. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
259 / 802
2.2.158 (EN_IPE_PREF_CODEC_TYPE) - (EN_IPE_PREF_CODEC_TYPE)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EN_IPE_PREF_CODEC_TYPE EN_IPE_PREF_CODEC_TYPE
This Flag enables/disables the support of the "preferred codec" algorithm for TFO. 0: disabled; 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3 No No
260 / 802
2.2.159 (EN_LOAD_BALANCE) - (EN_LOAD_BALANCE)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EN_LOAD_BALANCE EN_LOAD_BALANCE
Flag to enable/disable the balancing of load between the inner and outer zone of a multiband cell. 0: disabled; 1: enabled EN_LOAD_BALANCE & EN_LOAD_OUTER should not be both "Enabled". Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell /HO Parameters / Hierarchical & Multiband HO Control EN_LOAD_BALANCE significant only if EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO is enabled
Cell Type Dependent
N/A N/A disable (0) disable (0) N/A N/A N/A N/A
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
261 / 802
2.2.160 (EN_LOAD_EGSM) - (EN_LOAD_EGSM)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EN_LOAD_EGSM EN_LOAD_EGSM
Allows to take into account TCH resources of G1 TRXs for load evaluation. 0 : disabled, 1 : enabled When enabled, the values of the parameters FREElevel_1 to FREElevel_4 need to be updated to number of TRX considered in the load computation. Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / General timers and procedures This parameter is only significant if there is at least one G1 TRX in the cell. No No
262 / 802
2.2.161 (EN_LOAD_ORDER) - (EN_LOAD_ORDER)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EN_LOAD_ORDER EN_LOAD_ORDER
This flag indicates whether or not traffic load has to be taken into account when setting up the list of target cells. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
263 / 802
2.2.162 (EN_MA_SELECTION) - (EN_MA_SELECTION)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EN_MA_SELECTION EN_MA_SELECTION
This flag enables/disables channel selection according to Mobile Allocation criterion. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
264 / 802
2.2.163 (EN_MCHO_H_DL) - (EN_MCHO_H_DL)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EN_MCHO_H_DL EN_MCHO_H_DL
This flag enables/disables the detection of level downlink micro-cell handover cause (cause 18). 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO Parameters / Lower Layer HO Control
Cell Type Dependent
disable (0) * disable (0) * disable (0) * disable (0) * enable (1) disable (0) * disable (0) * disable (0) *
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
265 / 802
2.2.164 (EN_MCHO_H_UL) - (EN_MCHO_H_UL)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EN_MCHO_H_UL EN_MCHO_H_UL
This flag enables/disables the detection of level uplink mirco-cell handover cause (cause 17). 0: disabled1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / Lower Layer HO Control
Cell Type Dependent
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
266 / 802
2.2.165 (EN_MCHO_NCELL) - (EN_MCHO_NCELL)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EN_MCHO_NCELL EN_MCHO_NCELL
This flag enables/disables the detection of high level in neighbour micro-cell handover cause (cause 14). 0: disabled, 1: enabled In a lower layer cell, the flag shall be disabled if there is no indoor layer. Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO parameters / Hierarchical and multiband HO Ctrl
Cell Type Dependent
disable (0) * enable (1) disable (0) * enable (1) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) *
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
267 / 802
2.2.166 (EN_MCHO_RESCUE) - (EN_MCHO_RESCUE)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EN_MCHO_RESCUE EN_MCHO_RESCUE
This flag enables/disables the detection of consecutive bad SACCH frames handover cause (cause 7). 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Cell Type Dependent
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
268 / 802
2.2.167 (EN_MS_PC) - (EN_MS_PC)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value EN_MS_PC EN_MS_PC
This flag enables/disables MS Power Control. 0: disabled1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
269 / 802
2.2.168 (EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO) - (EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO
This flag enables/disables the power budget handovers Cause 12 between different band cells. 0 : function disabled, 1 : function enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control No No
270 / 802
2.2.169 (EN_PBGT_FILTERING) - (EN_PBGT_FILTERING)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EN_PBGT_FILTERING EN_PBGT_FILTERING
This flag enables/disables filtering of candidate neighbour cells on HO_MARGIN_DIST/LEV/QUAL criterion. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control
Cell Type Dependent
enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) disable (0) enable (1) disable (0) disable (0)
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
271 / 802
2.2.170 (EN_PBGT_HO) - (EN_PBGT_HO)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EN_PBGT_HO EN_PBGT_HO
This flag enables/disables the detection of power budget handover cause (cause 12). 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Level No No
272 / 802
2.2.171 (EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO) - (EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO
This flag enables/disables the detection of handover cause 21 (high level in neighbour cell in the preferred band). 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO parameters / Hierarchical and multiband HO Ctrl No No
273 / 802
2.2.172 (EN_PRIORITY_ORDERING) - (EN_PRIORITY_ORDERING)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EN_PRIORITY_ORDERING EN_PRIORITY_ORDERING
This flag enables/disables the use of the parameter PRIORITY(0,n) in the candidate cell evaluation process. 0: Priority(0,n) not taken into account, 1: Priority(0,n) taken into account Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules
274 / 802
2.2.173 (EN_RESCUE_UMBRELLA) - (EN_RESCUE_UM)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EN_RESCUE_UMBRELLA EN_RESCUE_UM
This flag determines if emergency handovers are directed preferentially to umbrella cells. 0: disabled, 1: enabled, 2: indefinite Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 2 Default 1
Cell Type Dependent
N/A N/A N/A N/A enable (1) disable (0) N/A N/A
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
275 / 802
2.2.174 (EN_RXLEV_DL) - (EN_RXLEV_DL)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EN_RXLEV_DL EN_RXLEV_DL
This flag enables/disables the detection of level downlink handover cause (cause 5). 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
276 / 802
2.2.175 (EN_RXLEV_UL) - (EN_RXLEV_UL)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EN_RXLEV_UL EN_RXLEV_UL
This flag enables/disables the detection of level uplink handover cause (cause 3). 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
277 / 802
2.2.176 (EN_RXQUAL_DL) - (EN_RXQUAL_DL)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EN_RXQUAL_DL EN_RXQUAL_DL
This flag enables/disables the detection of quality downlink handover cause (cause 4). 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
278 / 802
2.2.177 (EN_RXQUAL_UL) - (EN_RXQUAL_UL)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EN_RXQUAL_UL EN_RXQUAL_UL
This flag enables/disables the detection of quality uplink handover cause (cause 2). 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
279 / 802
2.2.178 (EN_SEND_OLD_CHAN_MODE) - (EN_SEND_OLD_CHAN_MODE)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EN_SEND_OLD_CHAN_MODE EN_SEND_OLD_CHAN_MODE
This flag controls Current channel OIE inclusion in HANDOVER REQUIRED. 0: IE is not included, 1: IE is included Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / HO Control Default value depends on MSC type No No
280 / 802
2.2.179 (EN_SEND_SPEECH_VER) - (EN_SEND_SPEECH_VER)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EN_SEND_SPEECH_VER EN_SEND_SPEECH_VER
This flag controls Speech version (used) OIE inclusion in HANDOVER REQUIRED. 0: IE is not included, 1: IE is included Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / HO Control Default value depends on MSC type No No
281 / 802
2.2.180 (EN_SOLSA) - (EN_SOLSA)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value EN_SOLSA EN_SOLSA
This flag enables / disables SoLSA feature. 0: disabled, 1: enabled May be set to Enabled only if BCCH_EXT=TRUE. Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 3/3 No No
282 / 802
2.2.181 (EN_SOLSA) - (EN_SOLSA(n))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value EN_SOLSA EN_SOLSA(n)
This flag enables / disables SoLSA feature. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag MFS adj Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No Edit External Cell / Circuit 2/2 This parameter is for every cell. The operator needs only to configure the value of that parameter for OMC external cells ; the parameter is autonomously filled by the OMC in case the adjacent cell is an OMC internal cell. No No
283 / 802
2.2.182 (EN_SPEED_DISCRIMINATION) - (EN_SPEED_DISC)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value EN_SPEED_DISCRIMINATION EN_SPEED_DISC
This flag enables/disables the speed discrimination process. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Cell Type Dependent
disable (0) * disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) *
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
284 / 802
2.2.183 (EN_TCH_PREEMPT) - (EN_TCH_PREEMPT)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EN_TCH_PREEMPT EN_TCH_PREEMPT
This flag enables/disables the TCH pre-emption feature. If enabled, a call with the pvi (pre-emption vulnerability indication) bit set might be pre-empted for a call that has the pci (pre-emption capability indication) bit set if the concerned cell is in congestion state. 0:disabled, 1:enabled EN_EXT_DR should be set to enable when EN_TCH_PREEMPT is set to enable. Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Procedures / Gen. Timers & Proc. In case one or more TCHs have been reserved for emergency handovers (NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO > 0) in the concerned cell, the BSC will first try to use one of these TCHs before actually releasing an ongoing call with lower priority and the pvi bit set. In case the cell is congested, if EN_TCH_PREEMPT is enabled and the MSC does not allow the queing, the BSC will queue an incoming request with pre-emption capability indicator set during at most T11_forced seconds for a normal assignment or during at most T_qho seconds for an handover request. No No
285 / 802
2.2.184 (EN_TFO) - (EN_TFO)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value EN_TFO EN_TFO
This flag enables/ disables TFO function. 0: disabled; 1: enabled May be set to 0 only if EN_TFO_MATCH = 0 Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
286 / 802
2.2.185 (EN_TFO_MATCH) - (EN_TFO_MATCH)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules EN_TFO_MATCH EN_TFO_MATCH
This flag enables/disables TFO codec mismatch resolution function. 0: disabled; 1: enabled may be set to 1 only if EN_TFO=1 May be set to 0 only if EN_TFO_OPT = 0 Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
287 / 802
2.2.186 (EN_TFO_OPT) - (EN_TFO_OPT)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value EN_TFO_OPT EN_TFO_OPT
This flag enables/disables TFO codec optimisation function. 0: disabled; 1: enabled may be set to 1 only if EN_TFO_MATCH=1 Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
288 / 802
2.2.187 (EN_TRAFFIC_HO) - (EN_TRAFFIC_HO(0,n))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EN_TRAFFIC_HO EN_TRAFFIC_HO(0,n)
This flag enables/disables the detection of traffic handover cause (cause 23). 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC adj Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
289 / 802
2.2.188 (EN_UNEQUIPPED_CIRCUIT) - (EN_UNEQUIPPED_CIRCUIT)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EN_UNEQUIPPED_CIRCUIT EN_UNEQUIPPED_CIRCUIT
This flag enables/disables the sending of UNEQUIPPED CIRCUIT message. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking Default value depends on MSC type No No
290 / 802
2.2.189 (EXT_HO_FORCED) - (EXT_HO_FORCED)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EXT_HO_FORCED EXT_HO_FORCED
This flag, when set, forces internal intercell handovers to be executed as external HO. 0: BSC performs internal HO, 1: MSC performs internal HO Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
291 / 802
2.2.190 (Extended CBCH) - (Use_of_Extended_CBCH)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Extended CBCH Use_of_Extended_CBCH
This flag indicates if the extended CBCH is used. 0: not used, 1: used shall be set to "No" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1" can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE="inactive" Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG Edit Cell / Cell Information / SMSCB Default value correspond to SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS1. If SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS2, Use_of_Extended_CBCH should be set to "Yes". No No
292 / 802
2.2.191 (FORBID_AMR_NS) - (FORBID_AMR_NS)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value FORBID_AMR_NS FORBID_AMR_NS
Flag to forbid / allow AMR noise suppressor in the MS. 0: the MS can use AMR NS, 1: the MS shall not use AMR NS. Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Procedures / AMR Significant only if EN_AMR_FR or EN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE. No No
293 / 802
2.2.192 (FORBID_DTXD_NH_BCCH_F) - (FORBID_DTXD_NH_BCCH_F)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules FORBID_DTXD_NH_BCCH_F FORBID_DTXD_NH_BCCH_F
Forbid use of downlink DTX on non hopping TCH of the BCCH TRX. 0 : DTX DL on non-hopping BCCH TRX is allowed; 1 : DTX DL on non-hopping BCCH TRX is forbidden Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Procedures / General timers and procedures No No
294 / 802
2.2.193 (Force TFO versus AMR) - (FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Force TFO versus AMR FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR
Flag to enable/disable the basic functions of Tandem Free Operation (TFO) for GSM FR SV1, FR SV2 and HR SV1 codec types when the current codec is AMR FR or AMR HR. 0: disabled (no TFO negotiation if AMR used); 1: enabled (TFO negotiation will start even if AMR used) FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR = 1 only if EN_TFO=1 Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3 FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR relevant only if (EN_AMR_FR = 1) OR (EN_AMR_HR = 1) No No
295 / 802
2.2.194 (Forced_Queuing) - (QUEUE_ANYWAY)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Forced_Queuing QUEUE_ANYWAY
This flag enables/disables forced queuing for Assignment requests when queuing is not allowed by the MSC. Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
296 / 802
2.2.195 (Forward_CM_3) - (EN_SEND_CM3)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Forward_CM_3 EN_SEND_CM3
This flag enables/disables sending of Classmark 3 IE to the MSC. 0: Disabled, 1: Enabled EN_SEND_CM3 and STRIP_O5_CM2 shall not be both set to 1 at the same time. Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
297 / 802
2.2.196 (Free_Factor_1) - (Freefactor_1)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Free_Factor_1 Freefactor_1
Correction factor used in the cell evaluation process to take into account the number of free TCHs in the candidate cell. Freefactor_1 Freefactor_2 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -16 Maximum 16 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif No No
298 / 802

Correction factor used in the cell evaluation process to take into account the number of free TCHs in the candidate cell. Freefactor_1 Freefactor_2 Freefactor_3 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -16 Maximum 16 Default 0
299 / 802

300 / 802

301 / 802

Correction factor used in the cell evaluation process to take into account the number of free TCHs in the candidate cell. Freefactor_5 Freefactor_4 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -16 Maximum 16 Default 0
302 / 802
2.2.201 (Free_Level_1) - (Freelevel_1)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Free_Level_1 Freelevel_1
Boundary on free TCH number for determination of Freefactor of the cell. Freelevel_1 < Freelevel_2 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 1
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif No
303 / 802

Boundary on free TCH number for determination of Freefactor of the cell. Freelevel_3 > Freelevel_2 > Freelevel_1 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 3
304 / 802

Boundary on free TCH number for determination of Freefactor of the cell. Freelevel_4 > Freelevel_3 > Freelevel_2 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 5
305 / 802

Boundary on free TCH number for determination of Freefactor of the cell. Freelevel_4 > Freelevel_3 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 10
306 / 802
2.2.205 (Free_Level_DR) - (Freelevel_DR(n))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Free_Level_DR Freelevel_DR(n)
Minimum number of free TCHs in neighbour cell n to allow forced directed retry to cell n. Freelevel_DR > N_TCH_HO Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 4
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: DIR Edit Cell / HO parameters / Directed Retry (+ Edit External cell / circuit1/2)
External Comment
Cell Type Dependent
See TRXnb See TRXnb See TRXnb See TRXnb See TRXnb See TRXnb 255 * 255 *
307 / 802
308 / 802
2.2.206 (FREQUENCY_RANGE) - (FREQUENCY_RANGE)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules FREQUENCY_RANGE FREQUENCY_RANGE
This parameter indicates the frequency range of the cell. 0: PGSM (GSM 900), 1: DCS 1800, 2: EGSM, 3: DCS 1900, 4: PGSM-DCS1800, 5: EGSM-DCS1800, 6: GSM 850, 7..255: for future use. The parameter shall be coded over 8 bits as a provision for future frequency bands support. if FREQUENCY_RANGE = "GSM-DCS" then CELL_PARTITION_TYPE must be equal to "Concentric" . In a cell where FREQUENCY_RANGE = EGSM or EGSM-DCS1800, the BCCH ARFCN belonging to the G1 band shall not be selected by the operator. This rule also applies to cells external to the OMC. The frequency range of an extended inner cell has to be the same as the frequency range of the corresponding extended outer cell, where PGSM (0) and EGSM (2) are here considered as belonging to the same frequency range. Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 6 Default 0
Mandatory rules
Modifiable
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: SEL/PAG/RRM/HPC/HOC/DIR/GPR Edit Cell / Cell Description (+ Edit External cell / circuit1/2) In the Alcatel BSS, the support of the G1 band is limited to TCHs. Within the same PLMN, the FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter of a given cell shall be selected among one of the following values: - PGSM (GSM900) or EGSM (GSM900) or DCS1800 or PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900 and DCS1800 bands", - GSM850 or DCS1800 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1800 bands", - GSM850 or DCS1900 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1900 bands". No No
Parameter Access External Comment
309 / 802
2.2.207 (GSM_PHASE) - (GSM_PHASE)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition GSM_PHASE GSM_PHASE
This flag indicates the GSM Phase used by the BSC to format messages towards the MSC. 0: GSM Phase 1, 1: GSM Phase 2 Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking Default value depends on MSC type.The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
310 / 802
2.2.208 (H_LOAD_OBJ) - (H_LOAD_OBJ)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition H_LOAD_OBJ H_LOAD_OBJ
High threshold on busy TCH timeslots percentage to reduce MIN_DWELL_TIME variable. step size = 10% H_LOAD_OBJ L_LOAD_OBJ Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 80
Cell Type Dependent
N/A See TRXnb N/A See TRXnb N/A N/A N/A N/A
311 / 802
312 / 802
2.2.209 (H_MIN_DWELL_TIME) - (H_MIN_DWELL_TIME)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value H_MIN_DWELL_TIME H_MIN_DWELL_TIME
Maximum allowed value for MIN_DWELL_TIME variable. H_MIN_DWELL_TIME L_MIN_DWELL_TIME Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 120 Default 20
313 / 802
2.2.210 (High Priority Access Class Ordering P1) (AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=1))

Parameter Name Alcatel High Priority Access Class Ordering P1 AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=1)
Logical Name Definition Coding rules
List of access classes 11..15 and EC (=10) in their priority order. Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority, 10 (EC) is coded as 5, 11 (access class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (access class 12) is coded as 1, 13 (access class 13) is coded as 2, 14 (access class 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is coded as 4. Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 10 Maximum 15 Default 10
314 / 802

List of access classes 11..15 and EC (=10) in their priority order. Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority 10 (EC) is coded as 5, 11 (access class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (access class 12) is coded as 1, 13 (access class 13) is coded as 2, 14 (access class 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is coded as 4. Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 10 Maximum 15 Default 15
315 / 802

316 / 802

317 / 802

318 / 802

319 / 802
2.2.216 (HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD) - (HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD
Load threshold used to determine when traffic load is high for circuit switched calls. HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 80
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3 Default value depends on the number of TRX in the cell (see TRXnb default value). The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No
Cell Type Dependent
320 / 802
2.2.217 (Highest BA range ARFCNs) - (RANGEi_HIGHER (1i13))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Highest BA range ARFCNs RANGEi_HIGHER (1i13)
Highest ARFCN of range i indicated in BA Range Information Element. Coded on 16 bits. RANGEi_HIGHER RANGEi_LOWER Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1023 Default 65535
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Reselection RANGEi_HIGHER = FFFFh (65535) means that it shall not be included in BA Range IE. Moreover, all BA RANGE following this one will be considered as not significant by the OMC and not send to the BSC. (i.e. FFFFh = indicator of end of BA Range) No No
321 / 802
2.2.218 (HO_ALARM_PERSISTENCE) - (T_FILTER)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition HO_ALARM_PERSISTENCE T_FILTER
Maximum time a handover alarm is maintained while no more alarm condition is detected. step size = 2 x SACCH frames = 0.96s. Coded over 5 bits:0: 0s, 1: 0.96s, , 31: 29.76s Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit 2 x Samfr Minimum 0 Maximum 31 Default 3
Coding rules
322 / 802
2.2.219 (HO_MARGIN) - (HOmargin (0,n))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition HO_MARGIN HOmargin (0,n)
Difference in power budget (PBGT) between cell(0) and cell(n) which is required for a power budget HO. Site (CAE) Number BSC adj Unit dB Minimum -127 Maximum 127 Default 5
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Adjacencies
Cell Type Dependent
5 dB 5 dB 5 dB 5 dB 4 dB 5 dB 5 dB 5 dB
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
323 / 802
2.2.220 (HO_MARGIN_DIST) - (HO_MARGIN_DIST(0,n))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition HO_MARGIN_DIST HO_MARGIN_DIST(0,n)
Criterion for candidate neighbour cell filtering on distance handover causes. Site (CAE) Number BSC adj Unit dB Minimum -127 Maximum 127 Default 2
Cell Type Dependent
2 dB 2 dB 2 dB 2 dB 5 dB 2 dB -29 dB 5 dB
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
324 / 802
2.2.221 (HO_MARGIN_LEV) - (HO_MARGIN_LEV(0,n))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition HO_MARGIN_LEV HO_MARGIN_LEV(0,n)
Criterion for candidate neighbour cell filtering on level handover causes. Site (CAE) Number BSC adj Unit dB Minimum -127 Maximum 127 Default 2
Cell Type Dependent
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
325 / 802
2.2.222 (HO_MARGIN_QUAL) - (HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition HO_MARGIN_QUAL HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n)
Criterion for candidate neighbour cell filtering on quality handover causes Site (CAE) Number BSC adj Unit dB Minimum -127 Maximum 127 Default 1
Cell Type Dependent
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
326 / 802
2.2.223 (HR_ENABLED) - (HR_ENABLED)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value HR_ENABLED HR_ENABLED
This flag controls if Half Rate TCH is enabled. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3 No No
327 / 802
2.2.224 (IGNORE_2Mbit_FAILURE) - (IGNORE_2MBIT_FAIL)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value IGNORE_2Mbit_FAILURE IGNORE_2MBIT_FAIL
This flag indicates whether or not an external 2Mbit failure is ignored. 0 : extern 2Mbit failure not ignored, 1 : extern 2Mbit failure ignored Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking No No
328 / 802
2.2.225 (IMSI Attach/Detach) - (ATT (BSC))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition IMSI Attach/Detach ATT (BSC)
This flag indicates to the MS if IMSI Attach/detach procedure is allowed in the cell. 0: not allowed, 1: allowed Equal to ATT (MFS) Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description No No
329 / 802
2.2.226 (IMSI Attach/Detach) - (ATT (MFS))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition IMSI Attach/Detach ATT (MFS)
This flag indicates to the MS whether IMSI Attach/detach procedure is allowed in the cell. 0: not allowed, 1: allowed Equal to ATT (BSC) Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
330 / 802
2.2.227 (IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD) - (IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD
Load threshold used to determine when traffic load is indefinite for circuit switched calls. IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD = 0 OR LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 0
331 / 802
2.2.228 (INTAVE) - (INTAVE)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition INTAVE INTAVE
Averaging period for interference measurements on idle TCH timeslots. step size=1 Samfr INTAVE < T_INTRF_L3 Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 31 Default 10
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3 No No
332 / 802
2.2.229 (INTERCELL_HO) - (HO_INTERCELL_ALLOWED)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition INTERCELL_HO HO_INTERCELL_ALLOWED
This flag enables/disables the execution of all outgoing intercell handovers. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control Valid for both TCH and SDCCH. This parameter has no influence on Directed Retry No No
333 / 802
2.2.230 (Interference bands 1-2 limit) - (INTFBD1)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value Interference bands 1-2 limit INTFBD1
Limit between interference band 1 and interference band 2. Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm INTFBD1 < INTFBD2 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -100
334 / 802

Limit between interference band 2 and interference band 3. Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm INTFBD3 > INTFBD2 > INTFBD1 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -95
335 / 802

336 / 802

337 / 802
2.2.234 (INTRACELL_HO) - (HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value INTRACELL_HO HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED
This flag enables/disables the execution of intracell handovers. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control Valid for both TCH and SDCCH. The flags specific to the TFO feature, I.e. EN_TFO, EN_TFO_MATCH, EN_TFO_OPT, EN_IPE_PREF_CODEC_TYPE, are set indepentently of the flag HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED. The handovers for TFO reasons (cause 29) can therefore be performed even if HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED = disabled. No No
338 / 802
2.2.235 (Keep codec on handover) - (KEEP_CODEC_HO)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Keep codec on handover KEEP_CODEC_HO
Indicates if the BSC tries to keep the same codec for internal incoming handovers. 0:free choice of the codec ; 1:try to maintain codec for TFO calls only; 2: try to maintain codec for all calls Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 2 Default 0
Coding rules
339 / 802
2.2.236 (L_LOAD_OBJ) - (L_LOAD_OBJ)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition L_LOAD_OBJ L_LOAD_OBJ
Low threshold on busy TCH timeslots percentage to increase MIN_DWELL_TIME variable. step size = 10% L_LOAD_OBJ H_LOAD_OBJ Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 60
Cell Type Dependent
N/A See TRXnb N/A See TRXnb N/A N/A N/A N/A
340 / 802
341 / 802
2.2.237 (L_MIN_DWELL_TIME) - (L_MIN_DWELL_TIME)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value L_MIN_DWELL_TIME L_MIN_DWELL_TIME
Minimum allowed value for MIN_DWELL_TIME variable. L_MIN_DWELL_TIME H_MIN_DWELL_TIME Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 120 Default 8
342 / 802
2.2.238 (L_RXLEV_CPT_HO) - (L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition L_RXLEV_CPT_HO L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n)
Minimum received downlink level from cell n for umbrella to neighbour lower layer cell n handover or from classical band to preferred band cell n handover. Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Site (CAE) Threshold BSC adj Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -85
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / HO parameters / Hierarchical and multiband HO Ctrl (+ Edit Adjacency) No No
343 / 802
2.2.239 (L_RXLEV_DL_H) - (L_RXLEV_DL_H)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules L_RXLEV_DL_H L_RXLEV_DL_H
Downlink level threshold for handover. Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm L_RXLEV_DL_H < U_RXLEV_DL_P. L_RXLEV_DL_H < RXLEV_DL_IH L_RXLEV_D_H < L_RXLEV_DL_P If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = Concentric AND FREQUENCY_RANGE = PGSM or DCS1800 or EGSM or DCS 1900: RXLEV_DL_ZONE L_RXLEV_DL_H (This rule only applies to concentric and monoband cell.) Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -96
Recommended rules
Cell Type Dependent
-91 dBm (19) -91 dBm (19) -91 dBm (19) -91 dBm (19) -96 dBm (14) -91 dBm (19) -96 dBm (14) -98 dBm (12)
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
344 / 802
2.2.240 (L_RXLEV_DL_P) - (L_RXLEV_DL_P)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value L_RXLEV_DL_P L_RXLEV_DL_P
Lower downlink level threshold for power control. Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm L_RXLEV_DL_P < U_RXLEV_DL_P Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -85
345 / 802
2.2.241 (L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR) - (L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n)
Minimum level received from neighbour cell n to allow forced directed retry to cell n. Coded over 6 bits :0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -110
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: DIR Edit Cell / HO parameters / Directed Retry (+ Edit External cell / circuit1/2)
External Comment
Cell Type Dependent
-85 dBm (25) -85 dBm (25) -85 dBm (25) -85 dBm (25) -70 dBm (40) -85 dBm (25) N/A N/A
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
346 / 802
2.2.242 (L_RXLEV_UL_H) - (L_RXLEV_UL_H)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Uplink level threshold for handover. Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm L_RXLEV_UL_H < U_RXLEV_UL_P L_RXLEV_UL_H < RXLEV_UL_IH L_RXLEV_UL_H < L_RXLEV_UL_P If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = Concentric AND FREQUENCY_RANGE = PGSM or DCS1800 or EGSM or DCS 1900: RXLEV_UL_ZONE L_RXLEV_UL_H (This rule only applies to concentric and monoband cell.) Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dBm Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -100 L_RXLEV_UL_H L_RXLEV_UL_H
Recommended rules
Cell Type Dependent
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
347 / 802
2.2.243 (L_RXLEV_UL_P) - (L_RXLEV_UL_P)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value L_RXLEV_UL_P L_RXLEV_UL_P
Lower uplink level threshold for power control. Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm L_RXLEV_UL_P < U_RXLEV_UL_P Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -90
Cell Type Dependent
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
348 / 802
2.2.244 (L_RXQUAL_DL_H) - (L_RXQUAL_DL_H)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value L_RXQUAL_DL_H L_RXQUAL_DL_H
Downlink quality threshold for handover for non AMR calls. step size = 0.1, (1==0.1 70==7) L_RXQUAL_DL_H L_RXQUAL_DL_P Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 4
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality Higher value is the worst quality No No
349 / 802
2.2.245 (L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR) - (L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR
Downlink quality threshold for handovers (cause 16) on AMR calls. step size = 0.1, (1==0.1 70==7) Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 4.5
350 / 802
2.2.246 (L_RXQUAL_DL_P) - (L_RXQUAL_DL_P)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value L_RXQUAL_DL_P L_RXQUAL_DL_P
Lower downlink quality threshold for power control. step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 70==7) L_RXQUAL_DL_P > U_RXQUAL_DL_P Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 3
351 / 802
2.2.247 (L_RXQUAL_UL_H) - (L_RXQUAL_UL_H)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value L_RXQUAL_UL_H L_RXQUAL_UL_H
Uplink quality threshold for handover for non AMR calls. step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 70==7) L_RXQUAL_UL_H L_RXQUAL_UL_P Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 4
352 / 802
2.2.248 (L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR) - (L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR
Uplink quality threshold for handovers (cause 15) on AMR calls. step size = 0.1, (1==0.1 70==7) Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 4.5
353 / 802
2.2.249 (L_RXQUAL_UL_P) - (L_RXQUAL_UL_P)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value L_RXQUAL_UL_P L_RXQUAL_UL_P
Lower uplink quality threshold for power control. step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 70==7) L_RXQUAL_UL_P > U_RXQUAL_UL_P Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 3
354 / 802
2.2.250 (Link_factor) - (Linkfactor (0,n))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Link_factor Linkfactor (0,n)
Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to handicap or favour cell n. Site (CAE) Number BSC adj Unit dB Minimum -24 Maximum 24 Default 0
355 / 802
2.2.251 (Load computation in outer zone) - (EN_LOAD_OUTER)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Load computation in outer zone EN_LOAD_OUTER
Flag to enable/disable the load computation on the outer zone of a Concentric/multiband cell instead of the load computation on the whole cell. 0: disabled; 1: enabled When enabled, the values of the parameters FREElevel_1 to FREElevel_4 need to be updated to number of TRX considered in the load computation. EN_LOAD_BALANCE & EN_LOAD_OUTER should not be both "Enabled". Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / HO significant only for concentric and multiband cells. No No
356 / 802
2.2.252 (LOAD_EV_PERIOD) - (LOAD_EV_PERIOD)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition LOAD_EV_PERIOD LOAD_EV_PERIOD
Number of load samples (received every TCH_INFO_PERIOD) for load averaging. Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 30 Default 12
357 / 802
2.2.253 (Load_Factor_1) - (Loadfactor_1)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Load_Factor_1 Loadfactor_1
Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to take into account the TCH load in the candidate cell. Loadfactor_1 Loadfactor_2 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -16 Maximum 0 Default 0
358 / 802

Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to take into account the TCH load in the candidate cell. Loadfactor_1 Loadfactor_2 Loadfactor_3 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -16 Maximum 0 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif
Cell Type Dependent
-2 -2 -2 -2 -2 -2 0 0
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
359 / 802

Cell Type Dependent
-5 -5 -5 -5 -4 -5 0 0
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
360 / 802

Cell Type Dependent
-7 -7 -7 -7 -6 -7 0 0
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
361 / 802

Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to take into account the TCH load in the candidate cell. Loadfactor_5 Loadfactor_4 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -16 Maximum 0 Default 0
Cell Type Dependent
-10 -10 -10 -10 -8 -10 0 0
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
362 / 802
2.2.258 (Load_Level_1) - (Loadlevel_1)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value Load_Level_1 Loadlevel_1
Boundary on cell load for determination of Loadfactor of the cell. Loadlevel_1 < Loadlevel_2 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 50
363 / 802

Boundary on cell load for determination of Loadfactor of the cell. Loadlevel_1 < Loadlevel_2 < Loadlevel_3 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 60
364 / 802

Boundary on cell load for determination of Loadfactor of the cell. Loadlevel_2 < Loadlevel_3 < Loadlevel_4 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 80
365 / 802

Boundary on cell load for determination of Loadfactor of the cell. Loadlevel_4 > Loadlevel_3 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 90
366 / 802
2.2.262 (Location Area Code (LAC)) - (LAC (BSC))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Location Area Code. LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time Equal to LAC (MFS) A couple of mate extended cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same LAC. Site (CAE) Reference BSC cell Unit None Modifiable Parameter Access Minimum 1 Maximum 65535 Default 65535 Location Area Code (LAC) LAC (BSC)
External Comment
367 / 802
2.2.263 (LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD) - (LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD
Load threshold used to determine when traffic load is low for circuit switched calls. LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 0
368 / 802
2.2.264 (LOWER_TIMING_ADVANCE) - (L_TIME_ADVANCE)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition LOWER_TIMING_ADVANCE L_TIME_ADVANCE
Low threshold to trigger handover cause too short distance in outer cell. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit bper Minimum 0 Maximum 63 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Distance
Cell Type Dependent
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 0
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
369 / 802
2.2.265 (Lowest BA range ARFCNs) - (RANGEi_LOWER (1i13))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Lowest BA range ARFCNs RANGEi_LOWER (1i13)
Lowest ARFCN of range i indicated in BA Range Information Element. Coded on 16 bits. RANGEi_HIGHER RANGEi_LOWER Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1023 Default 65535
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Reselection RANGEi_LOWER = FFFFh(65535) means that it shall not be included in BA Range IE Moreover, all BA RANGE following this one will be considered as not significant by the OMC and not send to the BSC. (i.e. FFFFh = indicator of end of BA Range) No No
370 / 802
2.2.266 (LSA_ID_I) - (LSA_ID_array (BSC))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules LSA_ID_I LSA_ID_array (BSC)
List of authorised LSAs on a cell (up to 5). coded on 3 bytes max Equal to LSA_ID_array (MFS) The LSA_ID may either be a Universal LSA identity (in case of odd number) or a PLMN significant LSA identity (in case of even number), as defined in GSM 03.03. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 16777215 Default 16777215
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 3/3 The default value depends on the configuration. The value given here is for implementation purposes only. No No
371 / 802
2.2.267 (LSA_ID_I) - (LSA_ID_array (MFS))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules LSA_ID_I LSA_ID_array (MFS)
List of authorised LSAs on a cell (up to 5). coded on 3 bytes max Equal to LSA_ID_array (BSC) The LSA_ID may either be a Universal LSA identity (in case of odd number) or a PLMN significant LSA identity (in case of even number), as defined in GSM 03.03. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 16777215 Default 16777215
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 3/3 The default value depends on the configuration. The value given here is for implementation purposes only. No No
372 / 802
2.2.268 (LSA_ID_I(n)) - (LSA_ID_array (n))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value LSA_ID_I(n) LSA_ID_array (n)
List of authorised LSAs on a neighbour cell (up to 5). coded on 3 bytes max Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 16777215 Default 16777215
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No External Cell / Circuit 2/2 This parameter is for every cell. The operator needs only to configure the value of that parameter for OMC external cells ; the parameter is autonomously filled by the OMC in case the adjacent cell is an OMC internal cell. No No
373 / 802
2.2.269 (LSA_OFFSET) - (LSA_OFFSET)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition LSA_OFFSET LSA_OFFSET
Offset to be used for LSA cell reselection between cells with the same LSA priorities. coded from 0 to 7, where 0 = 0 dB, 1 = 4 dB, 2 = 8 dB, 3 = 16 dB, 4 = 24 dB, 5 = 32 dB, 6 = 48 dB, 7 = 64 dB. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 64 Default 0
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 3/3 The default value corresponds to an unused parameter for the MS. No No
374 / 802
2.2.270 (LSA_PRIO_THR) - (PRIO_THR)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules LSA_PRIO_THR PRIO_THR
Signal threshold for applying LSA cell reselection. coded from 0 to 7; step size = 6 dB (i.e. 0 = 0 dB, 1 = 6 dB, 2 = 12 dB, 3 = 18 dB, 4 = 24 dB, 5 = 30 dB, 6 = 36 dB, 7 = infinite = 42 dB). Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 42 Default 42
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 3/3 The default value corresponds to an unused parameter for the MS. The maximum and default values correspond to an infinite threshold. No No
375 / 802
2.2.271 (MAX_POW_INC) - (MAX_POW_INC)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value MAX_POW_INC MAX_POW_INC
Maximum Power increase in one power command. step size = 2dB Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 2 Maximum 16 Default 8
376 / 802
2.2.272 (MAX_POW_RED) - (MAX_POW_RED)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value MAX_POW_RED MAX_POW_RED
Maximum Power reduction in one power command. step size = 2dB Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 2 Maximum 16 Default 8
377 / 802
2.2.273 (MAX_RETRANS) - (Max_retrans (BSC))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition MAX_RETRANS Max_retrans (BSC)
Maximum number of CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions by the MS on the RACH. Possible values are:1, 2 ,4 and 7 respectively binary coded:00, 01, 10 and 11 Max_retrans (BSC) = Max_retrans (MFS) for a given cell Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 7 Default 2
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl No No
378 / 802
2.2.274 (MEAS_STAT_BFI_1) - (MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [1])

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition MEAS_STAT_BFI_1 MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [1]
Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. step size = 1 MEAS_STAT_BFI2 > MEAS_STAT_BFI1 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 24 Default 1
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 1/3 Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
379 / 802

Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. step size = 1 MEAS_STAT_BFI3 > MEAS_STAT_BFI2 > MEAS_STAT_BFI1 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 24 Default 2
380 / 802

381 / 802

382 / 802

383 / 802

384 / 802

385 / 802

386 / 802

Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. step size = 1 MEAS_STAT_BFI9 > MEAS_STAT_BFI8 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 24 Default 22
387 / 802
2.2.283 (MEAS_STAT_C_I_1) - (MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [1])

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition MEAS_STAT_C_I_1 MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [1]
Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, , 125 = +62 dB) MEAS_STAT_CI1 < MEAS_STAT_CI2 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dB Minimum -62 Maximum 62 Default -12
388 / 802

Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, , 125 = +62 dB) MEAS_STAT_CI1 < MEAS_STAT_CI2 < MEAS_STAT_CI3 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dB Minimum -62 Maximum 62 Default -9
389 / 802

390 / 802

391 / 802

Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, , 125 = +62 dB) MEAS_STAT_CI4 < MEAS_STAT_CI5 < MEAS_STAT_CI6 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dB Minimum -62 Maximum 62 Default 0
392 / 802

393 / 802

394 / 802

395 / 802

Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, , 125 = +62 dB) MEAS_STAT_CI8 < MEAS_STAT_CI9 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dB Minimum -62 Maximum 62 Default 12
396 / 802
2.2.292 (MEAS_STAT_LEV_1) - (MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [1])

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition MEAS_STAT_LEV_1 MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [1]
Threshold on radio level to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm MEAS_STAT_LEV_1 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_2 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dBm Minimum -109 Maximum -48 Default -53
397 / 802

Threshold on radio level to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm MEAS_STAT_LEV_1 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_2 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_3 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dBm Minimum -109 Maximum -48 Default -60
398 / 802

399 / 802

400 / 802

401 / 802

402 / 802

403 / 802

404 / 802

Threshold on radio level to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm MEAS_STAT_LEV_8 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_9 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dBm Minimum -109 Maximum -48 Default -104
405 / 802
2.2.301 (MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_1) - (MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [1])

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_1 MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [1]
Threshold on path balance to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, 219 = +109 dB) MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL1 < MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL2 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dB Minimum -109 Maximum 109 Default -50
Coding rules
406 / 802

Threshold on path balance to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, 219 = +109 dB) MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL3 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL2 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL1 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dB Minimum -109 Maximum 109 Default -30
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
407 / 802

Coding rules
Mandatory rules
408 / 802

Coding rules
Mandatory rules
409 / 802

Threshold on path balance to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, 219 = +109 dB) MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL6 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL5 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL4 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dB Minimum -109 Maximum 109 Default 0
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
410 / 802

Coding rules
Mandatory rules
411 / 802

Coding rules
Mandatory rules
412 / 802

Coding rules
Mandatory rules
413 / 802

Threshold on path balance to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, 219 = +109 dB) MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL9 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL8 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dB Minimum -109 Maximum 109 Default 50
Coding rules
414 / 802
2.2.310 (MEAS_STAT_S_1) - (MEAS_STAT_S_i [1])

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition MEAS_STAT_S_1 MEAS_STAT_S_i [1]
Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. step size = 1 Samfr MEAS_STAT_S1 < MEAS_STAT_S2 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 127 Default 1
415 / 802

Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. step size = 1 Samfr MEAS_STAT_S3 > MEAS_STAT_S2 > MEAS_STAT_S1 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 127 Default 4
416 / 802

417 / 802

418 / 802

419 / 802

420 / 802

421 / 802

422 / 802

Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. step size = 1 Samfr MEAS_STAT_S9 > MEAS_STAT_S8 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 127 Default 22
423 / 802
2.2.319 (MIN_CONNECT_TIME) - (MIN_CONNECT_TIME)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition MIN_CONNECT_TIME MIN_CONNECT_TIME
Maximum connection time after a handover in an overlaid cell to declare the MS fast when leaving the cell with a handover. step size=1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 120 Default 40
Cell Type Dependent
N/A N/A N/A N/A 20 s 40 s N/A N/A
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
424 / 802
2.2.320 (MS_P_CON_ACK) - (MS_P_CON_ACK)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value MS_P_CON_ACK MS_P_CON_ACK
Supervision of the MS Power Control procedure. step size=1 (2 x Samfr) Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit 2 x Samfr Minimum 0 Maximum 31 Default 3
Cell Type Dependent
3s 3s 3s 3s 2s 3s 3s 3s
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
425 / 802
2.2.321 (MS_P_CON_INT) - (MS_P_CON_INT)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value MS_P_CON_INT MS_P_CON_INT
Minimum delay between two consecutive MS power commands. step size=1 (2 x Samfr) Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit 2 x Samfr Minimum 0 Maximum 31 Default 2
Cell Type Dependent
1s 1s 1s 1s 0s 1s 1s 1s
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
426 / 802
2.2.322 (MS_TXPWR_MAX) - (MS_TXPWR_MAX)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules MS_TXPWR_MAX MS_TXPWR_MAX
MS maximum allowed transmission power. GSM 900 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. MS_TXPWR_MAX MS_TXPWR_MIN In addition, when sending the HO adjacency for a B7 target cell to a B6 serving BSC, the OMC shall encode the MS_TXPWR_MAX as in B6. Therefore: In a cell where the BCCH frequency is in the GSM 900 band, if MS_TXPWR_MAX(B7) = 11 dBm (16) or 9 dBm (17) or 7 dBm (18) or 5 dBm (19), then the value given to the B6 serving BSC is MS_TXPWR_MAX(B6) = 13 dBm (15). In a cell where the BCCH frequency is in the DCS 1800 or DCS1900 band, if MS_TXPWR_MAX(B7) = 2 dBm (14) or 0 dBm (15), then the value given to the B6 serving BSC is MS_TXPWR_MAX(B6) = 4 dBm (13). Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum 5 Maximum 43 Default 43
Mandatory rules
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control (+ Edit External cell / circuit1/2) The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band: Default value for GSM900: 43 dBm Default value for GSM850: 39 dBm Default value for DCS1800: 30 dBm Default value for DCS1900: 30 dBm No No
External Comment
427 / 802
2.2.323 (MS_TXPWR_MAX) - (MS_TXPWR_MAX(n))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules MS_TXPWR_MAX MS_TXPWR_MAX(n)
MS maximum allowed transmission power. GSM 900 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. MS_TXPWR_MAX MS_TXPWR_MIN In addition, when sending the HO adjacency for a B7 target cell to a B6 serving BSC, the OMC shall encode the MS_TXPWR_MAX as in B6. Therefore:In a cell where the BCCH frequency is in the GSM 900 band, if MS_TXPWR_MAX(B7) = 11 dBm (16) or 9 dBm (17) or 7 dBm (18) or 5 dBm (19), then the value given to the B6 serving BSC is MS_TXPWR_MAX(B6) = 13 dBm (15). In a cell where the BCCH frequency is in the DCS 1800 or DCS1900 band, if MS_TXPWR_MAX(B7) = 2 dBm (14) or 0 dBm (15), then the value given to the B6 serving BSC is MS_TXPWR_MAX(B6) = 4 dBm (13). Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum 5 Maximum 43 Default 43
Mandatory rules
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No External Cell / Circuit 1/2 The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band: Default value for GSM900: 43 dBm Default value for GSM850: 39 dBm Default value for DCS1800: 30 dBm Default value for DCS1900: 30 dBm No No
428 / 802
2.2.324 (MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH) - (MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (BSC))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (BSC)
Maximum transmission power an MS is allowed to use when accessing the cell until otherwise commanded. GSM 900 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum 5 Maximum 43 Default 43
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Selection The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band: Default value for GSM900: 43 dBm Default value for GSM850: 39 dBm Default value for DCS1800: 30 dBm Default value for DCS1900: 30 dBm No No
429 / 802
2.2.325 (MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER) - (MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER
MS maximum allowed transmission power in the inner zone of a concentric cell. GSM 900 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER MS_TXPWR_MIN Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum 5 Maximum 43 Default 43
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control The default value depends on the inner zone frequency band: Default value for GSM900: 43 dBm Default value for GSM850: 39 dBm Default value for DCS1800: 30 dBm Default value for DCS1900: 30 dBm Meaninful only in cells where: CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = concentric.
430 / 802
Cell Type Dependent
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
431 / 802
2.2.326 (MS_TXPWR_MIN) - (MS_TXPWR_MIN)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules MS_TXPWR_MIN MS_TXPWR_MIN
MS minimum allowed transmission power. GSM 900 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. MS_TXPWR_MIN MS_TXPWR_MAX and MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER MS_TXPWR_MIN Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum 5 Maximum 43 Default 17
Mandatory rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control (+ Edit External cell / circuit1/2) The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band: Default value for GSM900: 17 dBm Default value for GSM850: 17 dBm Default value for DCS1800: 4 dBm Default value for DCS1900: 4 dBm No No
External Comment
432 / 802
2.2.327 (MSC Signalling Point Code) - (DPC)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value Signalling Point Code of the MSC. coded over 14 bits Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Minimum 0 Maximum 16383 Default 12 MSC Signalling Point Code DPC
OMC Changes: EML RNO Changes: No BSS parameters / A interface info Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
433 / 802
2.2.328 (MSCR) - (MSCR (BSC))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition MSCR MSCR (BSC)
Year corresponding to the version of ETSI/3GPP recommendations used to implement MSC software. 0 = MSC is release 98 or older; 1 = MSC is release 99 onwards MSCR (BSC) = MSCR (MFS) Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Internetworking MSC Internetworking No No
434 / 802
2.2.329 (MSCR) - (MSCR (MFS))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition MSCR MSCR (MFS)
Year corresponding to the version of ETSI/3GPP recommendations used to implement MSC software. 0 = MSC is release 98 or older; 1 = MSC is release 99 onwards MSCR (BSC) = MSCR (MFS) Site (CAE) Flag MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Internetworking MSC Internetworking No No
435 / 802
2.2.330 (MULTIBAND_REPORTING) - (MULTIBAND_REPORTING (BSC))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name MULTIBAND_REPORTING MULTIBAND_REPORTING (BSC)
Definition
Minimum number of cells of each supported frequency band to be included in MEASUREMENT REPORT by the MS. Coded over 2 bits. 00: MS reports the six strongest cells irrespective of the freq. band, 01: report of the strongest cell in each supported band, 10: id but with the 2 strongest cells in each band, 11: id with 3 cells and 2 bands Equal to MULTIBAND_REPORTING (MFS) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 3 Default 0
Coding rules
436 / 802
2.2.331 (MULTIBAND_REPORTING) - (MULTIBAND_REPORTING (MFS))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name MULTIBAND_REPORTING MULTIBAND_REPORTING (MFS)
Definition
Minimum number of cells of each supported frequency band to be included in MEASUREMENT REPORT by the MS. Coded over 2 bits. 00: MS reports the six strongest cells irrespective of the freq. band, 01: report of the strongest cell in each supported band, 10: id but with the 2 strongest cells in each band, 11: id with 3 cells and 2 bands Equal to MULTIBAND_REPORTING (BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 3 Default 0
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / HO parameters / Hierarchical and multiband HO Ctrl No No
437 / 802
2.2.332 (MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITION) (MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITION)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITION MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITION
This parameter determines the condition on traffic load in the serving cell to trigger a multiband handover. 0: Any load, 1: Not low, 2: High Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 2 Default 0
438 / 802
2.2.333 (N_BAD_SACCH) - (N_BAD_SACCH)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition N_BAD_SACCH N_BAD_SACCH
Number of consecutive bad SACCH frames to trigger a rescue handover. T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP > N_BAD_SACCH * 480ms + 30 seconds N_BAD_SACCH = RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS - N_BSTXPWR_M +1 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit Samfr Minimum 0 Maximum 128 Default 4
Recommended rules
Cell Type Dependent
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
439 / 802
2.2.334 (N_TCH_HO) - (N_TCH_HO)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value N_TCH_HO N_TCH_HO
Number of less interfered Full Rate TCH reserved for handover. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 3
440 / 802
2.2.335 (N_TRAFFIC_LOAD) - (N_TRAFFIC_LOAD)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition N_TRAFFIC_LOAD N_TRAFFIC_LOAD
Number of consecutive load averages used in traffic load evaluation process. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 8 Default 1
441 / 802
2.2.336 (NB_CLR_REQ) - (N_CLR_REQ)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value NB_CLR_REQ N_CLR_REQ
Maximum number of CLEAR REQUEST message transmission. Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 8 Default 4
442 / 802
2.2.337 (NB_PREF_CELLS) - (N_PREF_CELLS)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition NB_PREF_CELLS N_PREF_CELLS
Maximum number of candidate cells sent in one HANDOVER REQUIRED. Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 16 Default 3
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / Handover Control No No
443 / 802
2.2.338 (Nbr. AC 0-9 barred in one step) - (N1)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value Nbr. AC 0-9 barred in one step N1
Number of low priority access classes (0..9) are barred in one step. Value 0 inhibits the automatic barring of low priority access classes. Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 10 Default 2
444 / 802
2.2.339 (Nbr. AC 0-9 unbarred in one step) - (N2)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value Nbr. AC 0-9 unbarred in one step N2
Number of low priority access classes (0..9) are unbarred in one step. Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 10 Default 2
445 / 802
2.2.340 (Nbr. AC 11-15 barred in one step) - (M1)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Nbr. AC 11-15 barred in one step M1
Number of high priority access classes (11..15) are barred in one step. Value 0 inhibits the automatic barring of high priority access classes Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 5 Default 2
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC /Procedures / Overload and Barring No No
446 / 802
2.2.341 (Nbr. AC 11-15 unbarred in one step) - (M2)

Parameter Name Alcatel Nbr. AC 11-15 unbarred in one step M2
Number of high priority access classes (11..15) are unbarred in one step. Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 5 Default 2
447 / 802
2.2.342 (NBR_RESET_CIC_REP) - (NBR_RESET_CIC_REP)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition NBR_RESET_CIC_REP NBR_RESET_CIC_REP
Maximum number of RESET CIRCUIT message repetitions when not acknowledged by the MSC. 255: RESET CIRCUIT message is indefinitely repeated Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 6
448 / 802
2.2.343 (NBR_RESET_REP) - (NBR_RESET_REP)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition NBR_RESET_REP NBR_RESET_REP
Number of times the RESET message is sent without being acknowledged by the MSC before an alarm is reported. If NBR_RESET_REP = 0, RESET message is not sent Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 127 Default 6
449 / 802
2.2.344 (NCC) - (NCC (BSC))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value Network Colour code of the cell. Coded over 3 bits. Equal to NCC (MFS) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Modifiable Parameter Access Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0 NCC NCC (BSC)
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description (+Edit External cell / circuit1/2) Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
External Comment
450 / 802
2.2.345 (NCC) - (NCC (MFS))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value Network Colour code of the cell. Coded over 3 bits. Equal to NCC (BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Modifiable Parameter Access Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0 NCC NCC (MFS)
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description (+ Edit External cell / circuit1/2) Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
External Comment
451 / 802
2.2.346 (NCC) - (NCC(n))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value NCC NCC(n)
Network Colour code of the neighbour cell. Coded over 3 bits. Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description (+ Edit External cell / circuit1/2) Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. This parameter is for every cell. The operator needs only to configure the value of that parameter for OMC external cells ; the parameter is autonomously filled by the OMC in case the adjacent cell is an OMC internal cell No No
External Comment
452 / 802
2.2.347 (NCC permitted) - (NCC_permitted)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition NCC permitted NCC_permitted
Indicates which NCC values the MS considers as belonging to the network. Coded over 8 bits. each bit corresponds to a NCC value: MSB corresponds to NCC = 7, LSB corresponds to NCC = 0. For each bit:0= NCC not permitted, 1= NCC permitted Site (CAE) List of numbers BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 0
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description The value depends on configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
453 / 802
2.2.348 (NCI) - (NCI)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition NCI NCI
This flag indicates to the MS if it reports a HANDOVER FAILURE in case of out of range timing advance. 0: Out of range timing advance is ignored, 1: Out of range timing advance triggers a Handover Failure procedure Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules
454 / 802
2.2.349 (NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV) - (NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n)
Threshold of maximum received level from the neighbour cells for cause 13. coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Site (CAE) Threshold BSC adj Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -47
Cell Type Dependent
N/A N/A -47 dBm (63) -47 dBm (63) N/A N/A N/A N/A
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
455 / 802
2.2.350 (NUM_TCH_EMERGENCY_HO) - (NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition NUM_TCH_EMERGENCY_HO NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO
Number of full rate TCH reserved for incoming emergency handovers (plus Cause 12 and Cause 27 handovers). step size = 1 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / HO Parameters / General HO Control The Pre-emption procedure (in case EN_TCH_PREEMPT = enabled) might use these reserved TCHs in order to avoid releasing an on-going call unnecessarily. No No
456 / 802
2.2.351 (NY_1) - (NY1)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value NY_1 NY1
Maximum number of repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATION. For rules, see T3105_D and T3105_F_FR, T3105_F_HR. For rules, see T3105_D and T3105_F_FR, T3105_F_HR. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 3 Maximum 35 Default 20
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Timers No No
457 / 802
2.2.352 (OFFSET_CA_HIGH) - (OFFSET_CA_HIGH)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value OFFSET_CA_HIGH OFFSET_CA_HIGH
Offset for AMR channel adaptation hysteresis under high load. step size = 0.1 (0 coded as 0, 0.1 coded as 1 7 coded as 70) OFFSET_CA_HIGH OFFSET_CA_NORMAL Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 4.5
458 / 802
2.2.353 (OFFSET_CA_NORMAL) - (OFFSET_CA_NORMAL)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value OFFSET_CA_NORMAL OFFSET_CA_NORMAL
Offset for AMR channel adaptation hysteresis under normal load. step size = 0.1 (0 coded as 0, 0.1 coded as 1 7 coded as 70) OFFSET_CA_HIGH OFFSET_CA_NORMAL Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 4.5
459 / 802
2.2.354 (OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER) - (OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER
Offset which allows to take into account the radio differences between the inner and the outer zone (especially in multiband cells). Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -127 Maximum 127 Default 0
460 / 802
2.2.355 (OFFSET_HOPPING_HO) - (Offset_Hopping_HO)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition OFFSET_HOPPING_HO Offset_Hopping_HO
Offset applied in the handover quality causes for radio hopping channels. step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 70==7) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 1
461 / 802
2.2.356 (OFFSET_HOPPING_PC) - (Offset_Hopping_PC)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition OFFSET_HOPPING_PC Offset_Hopping_PC
Offset applied in the power control quality causes for hopping radio channels. step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 70==7) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
462 / 802
2.2.357 (OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV) - (OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV(0,n))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV(0,n)
Minimum received level from umbrella cell n to allow handover cause level uplink micro-cell or level downlink micro-cell. coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Site (CAE) Threshold BSC adj Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -80
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / HO Parameters / Low Layer HO Ctrl (+ Edit Adjacency)
Cell Type Dependent
N/A N/A N/A N/A -88 dBm (22) -88 dBm (22) N/A N/A
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
463 / 802
2.2.358 (PAGING) - (PAG_BAR)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value PAGING PAG_BAR
This flag indicates if transmission of Pagings is allowed in the cell. 0: Pagings are not barred, 1: Pagings are barred Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description this flag can be used by an operator to temporarily prevent phones from ringing in specific cells No No
464 / 802
2.2.359 (PENALTY_TIME) - (PENALTY_TIME)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition PENALTY_TIME PENALTY_TIME
Time during which MS shall apply TEMPORARY_OFFSET to C2 criterion. step size = 20s. 0: 20s, 1: 40s, ..., 30: 620s, 31: TEMPORARY OFFSET ignored and cell_RESELECT_OFFSET has a negative value Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 31 Default 0
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Selection
Cell Type Dependent
inhibited (31) inhibited (31) inhibited (31) inhibited (31) 20 s (0) 20 s (0) inhibited (31) inhibited (31)
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
465 / 802
2.2.360 (PING_PONG_HANDICAP) - (PING_PONG_HCP)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition PING_PONG_HANDICAP PING_PONG_HCP
A transient handicap is applied to power budget of previous cell to avoid a ping-pong effect. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 127 Default 15
466 / 802
2.2.361 (POW_INC_FACTOR) - (POW_INC_FACTOR)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value POW_INC_FACTOR POW_INC_FACTOR
Weighting factor for power increase. step size = 0.1 POW_INC_FACTOR POW_RED_FACTOR Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0.8
467 / 802
2.2.362 (POW_INCR_STEP_SIZE) - (POW_INC_STEP_SIZE)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition POW_INCR_STEP_SIZE POW_INC_STEP_SIZE
Power increase step size in case of power command triggered on quality criterion. step size = 2dB. 1: 2dB, 2: 4dB, ..., 7: 14 dB POW_INC_STEP_SIZE > POW_RED_STEP_SIZE Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 2 Maximum 14 Default 6
468 / 802
2.2.363 (POW_RED_FACTOR) - (POW_RED_FACTOR)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value POW_RED_FACTOR POW_RED_FACTOR
Weighting factor for power reduction. step size = 0.1 POW_RED_FACTOR POW_INC_FACTOR Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0.5
469 / 802
2.2.364 (POW_RED_STEP_SIZE) - (POW_RED_STEP_SIZE)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition POW_RED_STEP_SIZE POW_RED_STEP_SIZE
Power reduction step size in case of power command triggered on quality criterion. step size = 2dB. 1: 2dB, 2: 4dB POW_RED_STEP_SIZE < POW_INC_STEP_SIZE Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 2 Maximum 4 Default 2
470 / 802
2.2.365 (Preference Mark) - (TRX_PREF_MARK)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Preference Mark TRX_PREF_MARK
Preference mark assigned to a TRX to favour or disfavour CS radio resource allocations on a TRX. 0: lowest preference mark (disfavour CS allocations on the corresponding TRX) 7: highest preference mark (favour CS allocations on the corresponding TRX) 1) The TRX_Pref_Mark of a TRX supporting GPRS should be lower than the TRX_Pref_Mark of TRXs not supporting GPRS. 2) In order to avoid conflicts between CS and PS allocations, it is recommended to set the TRX_Pref_Mark in ascending order of their O&M TRX identity on GPRS TRXs: The GPRS TRX having the highest TRX identity should be set to the highest TRX_Pref_Mark, and the GPRS TRX having the lowest TRX identity should be set to a lower TRX_Pref_Mark. A GPRS TRX is a TRX with GPRS_PREF_MARK <> 0. Site (CAE) Number BSC TRX Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
Coding rules
Mandatory rules Recommended rules
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / TRX Configuration No No
471 / 802
2.2.366 (PREFERRED_BAND) - (PREFERRED_BAND)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition PREFERRED_BAND PREFERRED_BAND
Frequency band to which the multiband MS are preferentially directed. 0: none, 1: GSM, 2: DCS Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 2 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / HO Control Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
472 / 802
2.2.367 (PWRC) - (PWRC (BSC))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition PWRC PWRC (BSC)
This flag indicates to the MS if it includes measurements made on BCCH frequency in case of frequency hopping channel. 0: measurements made on BCCH frequency are included, 1: measurements made on BCCH frequency are not included. Equal to PWRC (MFS) Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules
473 / 802
2.2.368 (PWRC) - (PWRC (MFS))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition PWRC PWRC (MFS)
This flag indicates to the MS whether or not it shall include measurements made on BCCH frequency in case of frequency hopping channel. 0: measurements made on BCCH frequency shall be included, 1: measurements made on BCCH frequency shall not be included Equal to PWRC (BSC) Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules
474 / 802
2.2.369 (Q703_N1) - (Q703_N1)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value Q703_N1 Q703_N1
Maximum number of MSU available for retransmission. Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 127 Default 127
475 / 802
2.2.370 (Q703_N2) - (Q703_N2)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Q703_N2 Q703_N2
Maximum number of MSU octets which are available for retransmission. Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit bytes Minimum 1 Maximum 8192 Default 4096
476 / 802
2.2.371 (Q703_T1) - (Q703_T1)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value MTP2 timer alignment ready. Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent Minimum 40 Maximum 50 Default 50 Q703_T1 Q703_T1
477 / 802
2.2.372 (Q703_T2) - (Q703_T2)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value MTP2 timer not aligned. Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent Minimum 5 Maximum 150 Default 30 Q703_T2 Q703_T2
478 / 802
2.2.373 (Q703_T3) - (Q703_T3)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value MTP2 timer aligned. step size = 0.1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent Minimum 1 Maximum 1.5 Default 1 Q703_T3 Q703_T3
479 / 802
2.2.374 (Q703_T4E) - (Q703_T4E)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value MTP2 Emergency proving period. step size = 0.1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent Minimum 0.4 Maximum 0.6 Default 0.5 Q703_T4E Q703_T4E
480 / 802
2.2.375 (Q703_T4N) - (Q703_T4N)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value MTP2 Normal proving period. step size = 0.1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent Minimum 7.5 Maximum 9.5 Default 8.2 Q703_T4N Q703_T4N
481 / 802
2.2.376 (Q703_T6) - (Q703_T6)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value MTP2 timer remote congestion. step size = 0.1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent Minimum 3 Maximum 6 Default 5.4 Q703_T6 Q703_T6
482 / 802
2.2.377 (Q704_T2) - (Q704_T2)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Q704_T2 Q704_T2
MTP3 timer supervising the reception of changeover acknowledgement. step size = 0.1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0.7 Maximum 2 Default 2
483 / 802
2.2.378 (Q704_T4) - (Q704_T4)

MTP3 timer supervising the reception of changeback acknowledgement (first attempt). step size = 0.1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0.5 Maximum 1.2 Default 1
484 / 802
2.2.379 (Q704_T5) - (Q704_T5)

MTP3 timer supervising the reception of changeback acknowledgement (second attempt). step size = 0.1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0.5 Maximum 1.2 Default 1
485 / 802
2.2.380 (Q707_T1) - (Q707_T1)

MTP3 timer supervising the reception of signalling link test acknowledgement. step size = 0.1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 4 Maximum 12 Default 4
486 / 802
2.2.381 (Q707_T2) - (Q707_T2)

MTP3 delay between transmission of consecutive signalling link test message. step size = 0.1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 30 Maximum 90 Default 60
487 / 802
2.2.382 (RACH/PRACH_TA_FILTER) - (RACH_TA_FILTER (BSC))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition RACH/PRACH_TA_FILTER RACH_TA_FILTER (BSC)
Timing Advance threshold for CHANNEL REQUIRED and PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST filtering. 64: no filtering Equal to RACH_TA_FILTER (MFS). Disable the filtering for extended cells. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit bper Minimum 0 Maximum 64 Default 64
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl One unit corresponds to a distance of about 550m. CHANNEL REQUIRED or PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages with Timing Advance greater or equal to RACH_TA_FILTER are discarded. No No
488 / 802
2.2.383 (RACH_BUSY_THRES) - (RACH_BUSY_THRES)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value RACH_BUSY_THRES RACH_BUSY_THRES
Received level above which a RACH TS is deemed busy. step size = 4 dBm Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -50 Default -106
489 / 802
2.2.384 (RADIOLINK_FAILURE_THRES) - (RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value RADIOLINK_FAILURE_THRES RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS
Counter threshold to detect a radio link failure on the uplink path. RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS > N_BSTXPWR_M Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 128 Default 18
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / PC parameters / Radio Link Supervision No No
490 / 802
2.2.385 (RADIOLINK_RECOVERY) - (EN_RL_RECOV)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value RADIOLINK_RECOVERY EN_RL_RECOV
This flag enables/disables the Radio Link Recovery procedure. Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / PC parameters / Radio Link Supervision
Cell Type Dependent
enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1)
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
491 / 802
2.2.386 (RADIOLINK_RECOVERY_THRESHOLD) - (N_BSTXPWR_M)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value RADIOLINK_RECOVERY_THRESHOLD N_BSTXPWR_M
Counter threshold to trigger a radio link recovery. N_BSTXPWR_M < RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit Samfr Minimum 0 Maximum 127 Default 13
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / PC parameters / Radio Link Supervision
Cell Type Dependent
13 13 13 13 15 13 13 13
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
492 / 802
2.2.387 (RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT) - (RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (BSC))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (BSC)
Initial value of MS counter for radio link supervision. step size = 4 Samfr, coded from 0 to 15 (0 == 4 Samfr, 1 == 8 Samfr ... 15 == 64 Samfr Equal to RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (MFS) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit Samfr Minimum 4 Maximum 64 Default 16
493 / 802
2.2.388 (RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT) - (RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (MFS))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (MFS)
Initial value of MS counter for radio link supervision. step size = 4 Samfr, coded from 0 to 15 (0 == 4 Samfr, 1 == 8 Samfr ... 15 == 64 Samfr Equal to RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit Samfr Minimum 4 Maximum 64 Default 16
494 / 802
2.2.389 (Reserved Slots Number for Basic CBCH) (Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_basic_CBCH)

Parameter Name Alcatel Reserved Slots Number for Basic CBCH Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_basic_CBCH
This parameter indicates the number of slots reserved for high priority messages within the schedule period for basic CBCH. shall be set to "0" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1" Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 40 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG Edit Cell / Cell Information / SMSCB No No
495 / 802
2.2.390 (Reserved Slots Number for Extended CBCH) (Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_extended_CBCH)

Parameter Name Alcatel Reserved Slots Number for Extended CBCH Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_extended_CBCH
This parameter indicates the number of slots reserved for high priority messages within the schedule period for extended CBCH. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 40 Default 0
496 / 802
2.2.391 (RESET_INDEFINITE) - (RESET_INDEFINITE)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition RESET_INDEFINITE RESET_INDEFINITE
This flag determines whether or not the RESET message shall be sent indefinitely (as long as it is not acknowledged). 0: RESET message is sent a maximum of NBR_RESET_REP times, 1: The Reset procedure is repeated until a RESET or RESET ACK message is received. Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules
497 / 802
2.2.392 (RESP_REQ) - (RESP_REQ)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition RESP_REQ RESP_REQ
This flag controls Response request OIE inclusion in HANDOVER REQUIRED. 0: IE not included, 1: IE included Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / HO Control Default value depends on MSC type For external directed retries, the serving BSC does not know whether or not the external target cells (towards which the directed retry is triggered) are congested. Therefore, Alcatel recommend to set RESP_REQ to 1 if EN_EDR is set to enabled in order to get a Handover Reject message from the MSC in case all target cells are congested and thus to attempt other procedures. No No
498 / 802
2.2.393 (RF_RES_IND_PERIOD) - (T_INTRF_L3)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules RF_RES_IND_PERIOD T_INTRF_L3
Delay between two consecutive RF RESOURCE INDICATION. step size = 1sec T_INTRF_L3 > Max (T11, T_qho, T11_FORCED) & T_INTRF_L3 > INTAVE Site (CAE) Timer BSC BTS Unit sec Minimum 10 Maximum 65535 Default 60
499 / 802
2.2.394 (RMS_TEMPLATE) - (RMS_TEMPLATE_INDEX)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition RMS_TEMPLATE RMS_TEMPLATE_INDEX
Template of values of RMS parameters to be applied to the concerned cell (concerns the parameters MEAS_STAT_C_Ix, MEAS_STAT_BFIx, MEAS_STAT_LEVx, MEAS_STAT_PATH_BALx, MEAS_STAT_Sx, EN_BALANCED_CI, VQ_AVERAGE, VQ_BAD_RXFER, VQ_FER_THRESHOLD, VQ_GOOD_RXFER, VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD, VQ_RXLEV, VQ_RXQUAL, VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER). coded from 1 to 16 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 16 Default 1
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: RRM Edit Cell / RMS & MAFA No No
500 / 802
2.2.395 (ROT) - (ROT)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition ROT ROT
Indicates to the MS whether or not it shall include Time Difference IE in HANDOVER COMPLETE. 0: "Mobile Time Difference" IE is NOT included in HANDOVER COMPLETE, 1: "Mobile Time Difference" IE is included in HANDOVER COMPLETE Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules
501 / 802
2.2.396 (RSL_RATE (BSC)) - (RSL_RATE (BSC))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value RSL_RATE (BSC) RSL_RATE (BSC)
Rate used on all RSL links towards a BTS. 0: 16 kbit/s, 1: 64 kbit/s Site (CAE) Flag BSC BTS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
502 / 802
2.2.397 (RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN) - (RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN
Minimum received level at the MS required for initial access to the cell. Coded on 6 bits, 0=-110 dBm, 63=-47 dBm, step size=1dBm. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -100
503 / 802
2.2.398 (RXLEV_DL_IH) - (RXLEV_DL_IH)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition RXLEV_DL_IH RXLEV_DL_IH
Downlink level threshold for decision between intracell and intercell handover in case of bad downlink quality. Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm. RXLEV_DL_IH > L_RXLEV_DL_H Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -65
Cell Type Dependent
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
504 / 802
2.2.399 (RXLEV_DL_ZONE) - (RXLEV_DL_ZONE)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules RXLEV_DL_ZONE RXLEV_DL_ZONE
Downlink level threshold for inner to outer zone handover. Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm. If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = Concentric AND FREQUENCY_RANGE = PGSM or DCS1800 or EGSM or DCS 1900: RXLEV_DL_ZONE L_RXLEV_DL_H (This rule only applies to concentric and monoband cell.) Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -71
Cell Type Dependent
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
505 / 802
2.2.400 (RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO) - (RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO
Threshold on the downlink received level above which it is not necessary to trigger a handover on power budget (cause 12). Coded over 6 bits:0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -47
Cell Type Dependent
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
506 / 802
2.2.401 (RXLEV_MIN_n) - (RXLEVmin(n))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value RXLEV_MIN_n RXLEVmin(n)
Minimum level received from cell n to allow reception of handover. Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -96
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Selection (+ Edit External cell / circuit1/2)
External Comment
Cell Type Dependent
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
507 / 802
2.2.402 (RXLEV_UL_IH) - (RXLEV_UL_IH)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition RXLEV_UL_IH RXLEV_UL_IH
Uplink level threshold for decision between intracell and intercell handover in case of bad uplink quality. Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm. RXLEV_UL_IH > L_RXLEV_UL_H Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -65
Cell Type Dependent
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
508 / 802
2.2.403 (RXLEV_UL_ZONE) - (RXLEV_UL_ZONE)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules RXLEV_UL_ZONE RXLEV_UL_ZONE
Uplink level threshold for inner to outer zone handover. Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm. If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = Concentric AND FREQUENCY_RANGE = PGSM or DCS1800 or EGSM or DCS 1900: RXLEV_UL_ZONE L_RXLEV_UL_H (This rule only applies to concentric and monoband cell.) Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -78
Cell Type Dependent
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
509 / 802
2.2.404 (Schedule Period for Basic CBCH) (Schedule_period_for_basic_CBCH)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value Schedule Period for Basic CBCH Schedule_period_for_basic_CBCH
Length of the DRX schedule period for the basic CBCH. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit CBper Minimum 0 Maximum 40 Default 32
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / SMSCB No No
510 / 802
2.2.405 (Schedule period for Extended CBCH) (Schedule_period_for_extended_CBCH)

Parameter Name Alcatel Schedule period for Extended CBCH Schedule_period_for_extended_CBCH
Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Length of the DRX schedule period for the extended CBCH. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit CBper Minimum 0 Maximum 40 Default 32
511 / 802
2.2.406 (SDCCH_COUNTER) - (SDCCH_COUNTER)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition SDCCH_COUNTER SDCCH_COUNTER
Time during which SDCCH handovers are forbidden after completion of the Immediate Assignment procedure. step size=1 (2 x Samfr) SDCCH_COUNTER T_SDCCH_PC Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit 2 x Samfr Minimum 0 Maximum 31 Default 3
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control 0 means that SDCCH handover is immediately allowed after completion of the Immediate Assignment procedure. No No
512 / 802
2.2.407 (SDCCH_HO) - (HO_SDCCH_INHIBIT)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value SDCCH_HO HO_SDCCH_INHIBIT
The flag inhibits/enables the execution of SDCCH handovers. 0: SDCCH HO enabled1: SDCCH HO disabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control This parameter has no influence on Directed Retry
Cell Type Dependent
enable (0) enable (0) enable (0) enable (0) enable (0) enable (0) disabled (1) * disabled (1) *
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
513 / 802
2.2.408 (Send_CM_Enquiry) - (BSS_SEND_CM_ENQUIRY)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Send_CM_Enquiry BSS_SEND_CM_ENQUIRY
Controls the trigger of Classmark Enquiry procedure at call establishment time. 0: Never, 1: In case of reception of LOCATION UPDATING REQUEST with ES-IND = 0, 2: In case of reception of LOCATION UPDATING REQUEST with ES-IND = 0 and A5/1 not supported Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 2 Default 0
Coding rules
514 / 802
2.2.409 (Signalling Link Code) - (SLC)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value Signalling Link Code. Site (CAE) Reference BSC N7 ch Unit None Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Minimum 0 Maximum 15 Default 0 Signalling Link Code SLC
OMC Changes: EML RNO Changes: BSS BSS parameters / A interface info Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
515 / 802
2.2.410 (SMSCB_Features_Set) - (SMSCB_Features_set)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition SMSCB_Features_Set SMSCB_Features_set
This parameter indicates which features are usable with the SMSCB product. 1: Features set 1, 2: Features set 2 Can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE = "inactive". If SMSCB_Features_set = FS1, then CBC_Window shall be equal to "1"- If SMSCB_Features_set = FS1, then SMSCB_Recovery shall be set to "No"- If SMSCB_Features_set = FS1, then for all the BSC cells Use_of_Extended_CBCH shall be set to "No"- If SMSCB_Features_set = FS1, then for all the BSC cells Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_basic_CBCH shall be set to "0" Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 2 Default 1
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Interworking / CBC interworking When migrating from FS1 to FS2, USE_OF_EXTENDED_CBCH shall be set to "Yes", CBC_WINDOW shall be set to 4. No No
516 / 802
2.2.411 (SMSCB_Phase) - (SMSCB_Phase)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition SMSCB_Phase SMSCB_Phase
This parameter indicates whether the feature operates in GSM Phase2 or Phase 2+ mode. 0: Phase 2, 1: Phase 2+ If SMSCB_FEATURES_SET="FS1", SMSCB_PHASE shall be set to "phase2" If SMSCB_FEATURES_SET="FS2", SMSCB_PHASE shall be set to "phase2+" SMSCB_Phase can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE="inactive" Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Interworking / CBC interworking No No
517 / 802
2.2.412 (SMSCB_Recovery) - (SMSCB_Recovery)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition SMSCB_Recovery SMSCB_Recovery
This parameter indicates if the CBC accepts the recovery-indication in Restart-Indication message. 0: No, 1: Yes shall be set to "No" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1" can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE="inactive" Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
518 / 802
2.2.413 (SMSCB_State) - (SMSCB_State)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value SMSCB_State SMSCB_State
This flag indicates if the feature is activated or deactivated. 0: activated, 1: deactivated Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
OMC Changes: Displayed(PRC&SC) RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Interworking / CBC interworking This parameter can be changed by OMC-R using commande "CMD-Mode". No No
519 / 802
2.2.414 (Strip_Octet_5_In_CM2) - (STRIP_O5_CM2)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Strip_Octet_5_In_CM2 STRIP_O5_CM2
This flag controls the format of the Classmark 2 IE sent to the MSC. 0: no modification on Classmark2 IE, 1: octet 5 of Classmark2 IE is stripped out EN_SEND_CM3 and STRIP_O5_CM2 shall not be both set to 1 at the same time. Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Mandatory rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking Default value depends on MSC type.The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
520 / 802
2.2.415 (SYNCHRONISED_HO) - (EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition SYNCHRONISED_HO EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO
This flag enables/disables synchronous handovers between synchronized cells. 0: disabled, 1: enabled EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO shall be set to disabled when CELL_TYPE is equal to Extended inner or Extended outer. Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
521 / 802
2.2.416 (T(conn est)) - (T(conn est))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition T(conn est) T(conn est)
SCCP timer supervising the reception of Connection Confirm message. step size = 0.5sec T(conn est) < T9105 Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 10 Maximum 127.5 Default 30
522 / 802
2.2.417 (T(iar)) - (T(iar))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value T(iar) T(iar)
SCCP timer supervising the activity on SCCP connection. step size = 6sec Must be greater than T(ias) used by the MSC Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 402 Maximum 1530 Default 1002
523 / 802
2.2.418 (T(ias)) - (T(ias))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value T(ias) T(ias)
SCCP timer supervising the sending of Inactivity Test message. step size = 6sec Must be less than T(iar) used by the MSC Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 96 Maximum 450 Default 450
524 / 802
2.2.419 (T(rel)) - (T(rel))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition T(rel) T(rel)
SCCP timer supervising the reception of Release Complete message. step size = 0.5sec, coded from 16 to 255, 16 == 8 sec, 255 == 127.5 sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 8 Maximum 127.5 Default 15
Coding rules
525 / 802
2.2.420 (T(sst)) - (T(sst))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition T(sst) T(sst)
SCCP delay between sending of consecutive Subsystem Status Test messages. step size = 6sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 6 Maximum 1200 Default 30
526 / 802
2.2.421 (T_BIND_CNF) - (T_BIND_CNF)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value T_BIND_CNF T_BIND_CNF
Maximum waiting time to get a response to a CBSE-BIND primitive. step size = 1 sec Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 10 Maximum 300 Default 30
527 / 802
2.2.422 (T_BURST) - (T_BURST)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition T_BURST T_BURST
Delay between consecutive bursts of BLOCK or UNBLOCK messages. step size =0.1 sec (31 x T_BURST) / B_NUM < T1_short Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0.1 Maximum 25.5 Default 2
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking Default value depends on MSC type No No
528 / 802
2.2.423 (T_HCP) - (T_HCP)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value T_HCP T_HCP
Time during which PING_PONG_HCP is applied after handover. step size= 1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 240 Default 0
529 / 802
2.2.424 (T_HO_REQD_LOST) - (T_HO_REQD_LOST)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition T_HO_REQD_LOST T_HO_REQD_LOST
Supervision of the MSC response after sending of HANDOVER REQUIRED. step size = 1sec T_HO_REQD_LOST > T7 T_HO_REQD_LOST value shall be greater than the maximum time for external handover execution Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 6 Maximum 120 Default 30
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / HO Control Depends on MSC type No No
530 / 802
2.2.425 (T_IA) - (T_IA)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition T_IA T_IA
Indicates the maximum time a CS IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message remains in the AGCH queue. step size = 0.1sec T_IA<T3101 Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 5 Default 2.5
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG Edit Cell / Cell Information / Timers No No
531 / 802
2.2.426 (T_INHIBIT_CPT) - (T_INHIBIT_CPT)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value T_INHIBIT_CPT T_INHIBIT_CPT
Time during which the HO Causes 14, 21, and 24 are inhibited. step size = 1 sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 240 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / HO Parameters / Hierarchical & Multiband HO Control T_INHIBIT_CPT = 0 inhibits the anti ping-pong function. No No
532 / 802
2.2.427 (T_MS_CELL_REJ) - (T_MS_CELL_REJ)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition T_MS_CELL_REJ T_MS_CELL_REJ
Delay where the cells the MS failed to handover, cannot be selected as targets in subsequent handover attempts. step size = 0.1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 20 Default 5
533 / 802
2.2.428 (T_PAG_CS) - (T_PAG_CS (BSC))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition T_PAG_CS T_PAG_CS (BSC)
This timer indicates the maximum time a CS PAGING message can remain in a Paging Group Queue. It includes the round-trip delay on A and A-bis or Gs/Gb and A-bis interface. step size = 0.1sec Equal to T_PAG_CS (MFS) T_PAG_CS<T3113 (MSC timer) Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 25.5 Default 3
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG Edit Cell / Cell Information / Ctrl Channel No No
534 / 802
2.2.429 (T_PAG_CS) - (T_PAG_CS (MFS))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition T_PAG_CS T_PAG_CS (MFS)
This timer indicates the maximum time a CS PAGING message can remain in a Paging Group Queue. It includes the round-trip delay on A and A-bis or Gs/Gb and A-bis interface. step size = 0.1sec Equal to T_PAG_CS (BSC) T_PAG_CS<T3113 (MSC timer) Site (CAE) Timer MFS cell Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 25.5 Default 3
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG Edit Cell / Cell Information / Ctrl Channel No No
535 / 802
2.2.430 (T_QHO) - (T_qho)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value T_QHO T_qho
Maximum queuing time for Handover Requests. step size = 1sec T_INTRF_L3 > Max (T11, T_qho, T11_FORCED) Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 3
536 / 802
2.2.431 (T_SDCCH_PC) - (T_SDCCH_PC)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition T_SDCCH_PC T_SDCCH_PC
Time during which power control on SDCCH is inhibited after completion of the Immediate Assignment procedure. step size = 1 (2 x Samfr) T_SDCCH_PC SDCCH_COUNTER Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit 2 x Samfr Minimum 0 Maximum 31 Default 5
537 / 802
2.2.432 (T1) - (T1_short)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value T1 T1_short
Supervision of the Blocking/Unblocking procedure. step size = 0.1sec T1_short > (31 x T_BURST) / B_NUM Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 10 Maximum 25.5 Default 16
538 / 802
2.2.433 (T11) - (T11)

Maximum queuing time for Assignment Requests. T_INTRF_L3 > Max (T11, T_qho, T11_FORCED) Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 19 Default 6
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure Default value depends on MSC type No No
539 / 802
2.2.434 (T11_FORCED) - (T11_FORCED)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition T11_FORCED T11_FORCED
Maximum queuing time for Assignment Requests where queuing is not allowed by the MSC. step size = 0.1sec T_INTRF_L3 > Max (T11, T_qho, T11_FORCED) Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSS Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 19 Default 4
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure Default value depends on MSC type No No
540 / 802
2.2.435 (T13) - (T13)

Delay for acknowledgement of RESET received from MSC. step size = 0.1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 6553.5 Default 15
541 / 802
2.2.436 (T17) - (T17)

Period of time where a new OVERLOAD that is received from the MSC, is not processed after reception of a processed OVERLOAD. step size: 0.1 sec T17 < T18_overload Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 6553.5 Default 30
542 / 802
2.2.437 (T18) - (T18)

Delay between consecutive debarring actions after a BSS outage. Step size: 0.1 sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 6553.5 Default 50
543 / 802
2.2.438 (T18_OVERLOAD) - (T18_Overload)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition T18_OVERLOAD T18_Overload
Delay between the latest MSC OVERLOAD message or DTC internal overload detection and debarring action. Also delay between consecutive debarring actions for overload procedure and Telecom global reset procedure. step size: 0.1 sec T18_OVERLOAD > T17 Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 6553.5 Default 50
OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Barring No No
544 / 802
2.2.439 (T19) - (T19)

Supervision of the Reset Circuit procedure. step size = 0.1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0.1 Maximum 25.5 Default 10
545 / 802
2.2.440 (T20) - (T20)

Supervision of Circuit Group Blocking procedure. step size=0.1 sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 10 Maximum 25.5 Default 16
546 / 802
2.2.441 (T200 (BSC)) - (T200 (BSC))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Supervision of acknowledgements. step size: 100ms; (0: 100ms, 1: 200ms,) 2: 300ms, 3: 400ms, .. . , 9: 1000ms Site (CAE) Timer BSC A-bis link Unit ms Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Minimum 300 Maximum 1000 Default 300 T200 (BSC) T200 (BSC)
OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No To configure the Abis side of a BSS as satellite links, the value has to be set to 1 second. (for OML 64k and OML16k as well as for RSL64k or RSL16k) This parameter is not included in the RNO/RNP-CMA logical parameter file interface. If the Abis satellite link is removed, T200 (BSC) will be reset to its default value. The value of T200 (BSC) driven by the associated Abis connection type, At migration time, it is set to 1sec for all Abis, if at least one Abis Lapd timer is greater than 500msec. It can be changed indirectly from the OMC (through the change of Abis connection type) No No
547 / 802
2.2.442 (T3101) - (T3101)

Supervision of the Immediate Assignment procedure. step size = 0.1sec T3101 > 2s Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 25.5 Default 3
548 / 802
2.2.443 (T3103) - (T3103)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules T3103 T3103
Supervision of the Internal Handover procedure. step size = 0.1sec T3103 > Ny1 x T3105_D. T3103 > Ny1 x T3105_F_FR. T3103 > Ny1 x T3105_F_HR. T3103 > T3106_D. T3103 > T3106_F_FR T3103 > T3106_F_HR Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 25.5 Default 16.5
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / HO Control No No
549 / 802
2.2.444 (T3105_D) - (T3105_D)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition T3105_D T3105_D
Delay between consecutive repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATION on SDCCH. T3105_D x Ny1 < T3103 T3105_D x Ny1 < T9113 T3105_D x Ny1 > T3124 T3105_D << T3124 (T3124 = 675 ms on SDCCH) Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit ms Minimum 200 Maximum 220 Default 200
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Edit Cell / Cell Information / Timers No No
550 / 802
2.2.445 (T3105_D_STOP) - (T3105_D_STOP)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Criterion to stop T3105_D timer. 0: stopped on reception of SABM frame, 1: stopped on reception of any correct L2 signalling frame Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0 T3105_D_STOP T3105_D_STOP
551 / 802
2.2.446 (T3105_F_FR) - (T3105_F_FR)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition T3105_F_FR T3105_F_FR
Delay between consecutive repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATION on FACCH for FR channels. T3105_F_FR x Ny1 < T3103 T3105_F_FR x Ny1 < T9113 T3105_F_FR x Ny1 > T3124 T3105_F_FR << T3124 (T3124 = 320 ms on TCH) Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit ms Minimum 20 Maximum 250 Default 50
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: SEL Edit Cell / Cell Information / Timers No No
552 / 802
2.2.447 (T3105_F_HR) - (T3105_F_HR)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition T3105_F_HR T3105_F_HR
Delay between consecutive repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATION on FACCH for HR channels. T3105_F_HR x Ny1 < T3103 T3105_F_HR x Ny1 < T9113 T3105_F_HR x Ny1 > T3124 T3105_F_HR << T3124 (T3124 = 320 ms on TCH) Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit ms Minimum 20 Maximum 250 Default 100
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: SEL Edit Cell / Cell Information / Timers No No
553 / 802
2.2.448 (T3105_F_STOP) - (T3105_F_STOP)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Criterion to stop T3105_F timer. 0: stopped on reception of SABM frame, 1: stopped on reception of any correct L2 signalling frame or of a correct traffic frame Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0 T3105_F_STOP T3105_F_STOP
554 / 802
2.2.449 (T3106_D) - (T3106_D)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition T3106_D T3106_D
Supervision of the reception of valid frame from the MS on the target cell in case of SDCCH synchronous handover. T3106_D < T3103 T3106_D < T9113 Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit ms Minimum 1100 Maximum 1500 Default 1200
555 / 802
2.2.450 (T3106_D_STOP) - (T3106_D_STOP)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Criterion to stop T3106_D timer. 0: stopped on reception of SABM frame, 1: stopped on reception of any correct L2 signalling frame Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0 T3106_D_STOP T3106_D_STOP
556 / 802
2.2.451 (T3106_F) - (T3106_F)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition T3106_F T3106_F
Supervision of the reception of valid frame from the MS on the target cell in case of TCH synchronous handover. T3106_F < T3103 T3106_F < T9113 Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit ms Minimum 500 Maximum 1000 Default 1000
557 / 802
2.2.452 (T3106_F_STOP) - (T3106_F_STOP)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Criterion to stop T3106_F timer. 0: stopped on reception of SABM frame, 1: stopped on reception of any correct L2 signalling frame or of a correct traffic frame Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0 T3106_F_STOP T3106_F_STOP
558 / 802
2.2.453 (T3107) - (T3107)

Supervision of the Assignment procedure. step size = 0.1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 25.5 Default 14
559 / 802
2.2.454 (T3109) - (T3109)

Supervision of the Channel Release procedure. step size = 0.1sec T3109 > RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT + 1s Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 35 Default 12
560 / 802
2.2.455 (T3111) - (T3111)

Delay of the RF Channel Release procedure. step size = 0.1sec T3111 > 2 x T200_D. T3111 > 2 x T200_TH. T3111 = T3110 (MS) Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 2 Default 0.5
561 / 802
2.2.456 (T3212) - (T3212 (BSC))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition T3212 T3212 (BSC)
This timer indicates to the MS the delay between two consecutive Periodic Location Update procedures. 0: no periodic location update Equal to T3212 (MFS) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit 6 mn Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 30
562 / 802
2.2.457 (T4) - (T4)

Supervision of RESET message sent to the MSC. step size = 0.1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 2 Maximum 6553.5 Default 3
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking T4 shall be set greater than T2 (timer in MSC). No No
563 / 802
2.2.458 (T7) - (T7)

Timer controlling the repetition of HANDOVER REQUIRED. step size = 0.1sec T7 < T_HO_REQD_LOST Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 20 Default 5
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / Handover Control Default value depends on MSC type No No
564 / 802
2.2.459 (T8) - (T8)

Supervision of the External Handover procedure in the serving BSC. step size = 0.1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 25.5 Default 14
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / Handover Control No No
565 / 802
2.2.460 (T9104) - (T9104)

Supervision of the call clearing procedure when triggered by the BSC. step size = 0.1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 25.5 Default 2
566 / 802
2.2.461 (T9105) - (T9105)

Supervision of the SCCP Connection procedure. step size = 0.1sec T9105 > T(conn est) T9105 > max T3210. T9105 > max T3220. T9105 > max T3230 Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 11 Maximum 6553,5 Default 31
567 / 802
2.2.462 (T9112) - (T9112)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules T9112 T9112
Supervision of the channel modification in the MS. step size = 0.1sec T9112 15s. T9112 T9114. T9112 is inferior to the MSC timer supervising the Modify procedure. Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0.1 Maximum 6553,5 Default 15
568 / 802
2.2.463 (T9113) - (T9113)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules T9113 T9113
Supervision of the External Handover procedure in the target BSC. step size = 0.1sec T9113 > T3105_D x Ny1. T9113 > T3105_F x Ny1. T9113 > T3106_D. T9113 > T3106_F Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 25.5 Default 20
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / Handover Control No No
569 / 802
2.2.464 (TA_STAT) - (TA_STAT)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition TA_STAT TA_STAT
Threshold on timing advance to define the cell limit used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit bper Minimum 0 Maximum 63 Default 8
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / RMS & MAFA 1 bper corresponds to about 550m No No
570 / 802
2.2.465 (TCH load threshold for automatic AC) - (N_threshold)

Parameter Name Alcatel TCH load threshold for automatic AC N_threshold
Threshold on busy TCH timeslots percentage for automatic barring of access classes. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 100
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl No No
571 / 802
2.2.466 (TEMPORARY_OFFSET) - (TEMPORARY_OFFSET)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value TEMPORARY_OFFSET TEMPORARY_OFFSET
Offset applied to C2 criterion for the duration of PENALTY_TIME. step size = 10dB. 0: 0dB, 1:10dB, 6: 60dB, 7: infinity Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 60 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Selection
Cell Type Dependent
0 dB (0) 0 dB (0) 0 dB (0) 0 dB (0) infinity (7) infinity (7) 0 dB (0) 0 dB (0)
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
572 / 802
2.2.467 (TFO HR when loaded) - (FORCE_TFO_HR_WHEN_LOADED)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition TFO HR when loaded FORCE_TFO_HR_WHEN_LOADED
Flag to control the establishment of TFO in Half rate when the cell is loaded. 0 : TFO HR not forced, 1 : TFO HR only, 2 : TFO HR preferred If FORCE_TFO_HR_WHEN_LOADED=2, EN_TFO_MATCH should be set to 1 Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 2 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3 If this flag is set to 1, and if for load reasons the call is established with HR codec, it will stay in HR. If this flag is set to 2, if for load reasons the call is established with HR codec, and if TFO is not possible in HR, the BSC will try to establish TFO with FR or EFR codec, provided that EN_TFO_MATCH=1. No No
573 / 802
2.2.468 (THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1) - (THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1
Lower load threshold for allocation policy definition in dual rate cell. step size = 10% THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 & THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 value, it is recommanded to check that the number of DR TCH in the cell is greater than (100 - THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1) /100*total number of TCH in the cell. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 100
Recommended rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3 B6 name :THR_FR_LOAD_L No
574 / 802
2.2.469 (THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3) - (THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3
Lower load threshold for allocation policy of AMR HR in a dual rate cell supporting AMR HR. Step size = 10% THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 & THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 value, it is recommanded to check that the number of DR TCH in the cell is greater than (100 - THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3) /100*total number of TCH in the cell. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 100
Recommended rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3 No
575 / 802
2.2.470 (THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1) - (THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1
Higher load threshold for allocation policy definition in dual rate cell. Step size = 10% THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 & THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 value, it is recommanded to check that the number of DR TCH in the cell is greater than (100 - THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1) /100*total number of TCH in the cell. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 100
Recommended rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3 corresponds to B6 parameter THR_FR_LOAD_U No
576 / 802
2.2.471 (THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3) - (THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3
Higher load threshold for allocation policy of AMR HR in a dual rate cell supporting AMR HR. Step size = 10% THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 & THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 value, it is recommanded to check that the number of DR TCH in the cell is greater than (100 - THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3) /100*total number of TCH in the cell. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 100
Recommended rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3 No
577 / 802
2.2.472 (THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH) - (THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH
Threshold for channel adaptation under high load. step size = 0.1 (0 coded as 0, 0.1 coded as 1 7 coded as 70) THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
578 / 802
2.2.473 (THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL) - (THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL
Threshold for channel adaptation under normal load. step size = 0.1 (0 coded as 0, 0.1 coded as 1 7 coded as 70) THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
579 / 802
2.2.474 (Threshold for CCCH LOAD IND) - (THR_CCCH_LOAD)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Threshold for CCCH LOAD IND THR_CCCH_LOAD
Threshold triggering the sending of CCCH LOAD INDICATION message. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit % Minimum 100 Maximum 3000 Default 500
580 / 802
2.2.475 (TRAFFIC_EV_PERIOD) - (TRAFFIC_EV_PERIOD)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition TRAFFIC_EV_PERIOD TRAFFIC_EV_PERIOD
Periodicity of traffic load update in resource allocation algorithms = N_TRAFFIC_LOAD x A_TRAFFIC_LOAD x TCH_INFO_PERIOD. Site (CAE) Timer OMC cell Unit sec Minimum 2 Maximum 3264 Default 120
OMC Changes: Displayed(PRC&SC) RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3 The given default value corresponds to the value calculated by the OMC, based on the values of N_TRAFFIC_LOAD (which depends on the nb of TRX in the cell, not reflected by DLS default value), A_TRAFFIC_LOAD (which depends on the nb of TRX in the cell, not reflected by DLS default value), TCH_INFO_PERIOD. No No
581 / 802
2.2.476 (TRX zone) - (ZONE_TYPE)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition TRX zone ZONE_TYPE
Determines which TRX(s) belong to the inner zone and which TRX(s) belong to the outer zone of a concentric cell. Coded as a 16 bits bitmap. Each bit specifies the zone the corresponding TRX (if declared) belongs to. 0: Outer zone, 1: Inner zone. Site (CAE) List of numbers BSC TRX Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 65535 Default 0
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Radio Channel Config. / TRX Configuration Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
Cell Type Dependent
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
582 / 802
2.2.477 (TSC) - (TSC)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition TSC TSC
Training Sequence Code used on all channels except for BCCH, CCCH and CBCH channels. coded over 3 bits Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. For BCCH and CCCH channels (as defined in GSM TS 05.02) and for CBCH channel, the Training Sequence Code is set to the BCC. No No
583 / 802
2.2.478 (TX_INTEGER) - (Tx_integer (BSC))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition TX_INTEGER Tx_integer (BSC)
Number of RACH timeslots that spread transmission of CHANNEL REQUEST. Possible values are:3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32, 50 respectively binary coded from 0000 to 1111 Equal to Tx_integer (MFS) When the GPRS is supported, it is recommended to set: TX_INTEGER = 32 if the CCCH is not combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 0 TX_INTEGER = 12 if the CCCH is combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 1 The number of slots belonging to the MSs RACH between 2 successive Channel Request messages is a random value drawn randomly for each new retransmission with uniform distribution in the set (S, S+1, ...,S+T-1). With T = Tx_Integer and S depending on the CCCH configuration as shown below: 1) for non combined CCCH: - Tx_Integer = 3, 8, 14, 50 > S = 55 RACH frames (i.e. 253.8 ms) - Tx_Integer = 4, 9, 16 > S = 76 RACH frames (i.e. 349.6 ms) Tx_Integer = 5, 10, 20 > S = 109 RACH frames (i.e. 501.4 ms) Tx_Integer = 6, 11, 25 > S = 163 RACH frames (i.e. 749.8 ms) Tx_Integer = 7, 12, 32 > S = 217 RACH frames (i.e. 998.2 ms) 2) for combined CCCH: - Tx_Integer = 3, 8, 14, 50 > S = 41 RACH frames (i.e. 357.5 ms) - Tx_Integer = 4, 9, 16 > S = 52 RACH frames (i.e. 453.4 ms) - Tx_Integer = 5, 10, 20 > S = 58 RACH frames (i.e. 505.7 ms) - Tx_Integer = 6, 11, 25 > S = 86 RACH frames (i.e. 749.9 ms) - Tx_Integer = 7, 12, 32 > S = 115 RACH frames (i.e. 1002.8 ms) Note: - In the non-combined CCCH configuration, there are 51 RACH frames per 51-multiframe - In the combined CCCH configuration, there are 27 RACH frames per 51-multiframe. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 3 Maximum 50 Default 32
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl Should be set to 12 when EN_GPRS=1
584 / 802
No No
585 / 802
2.2.479 (U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO) - (U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO
Downlink level threshold for Microcell to Macrocell handover. coded over 6 bits :0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -47
Cell Type Dependent
N/A N/A N/A N/A -91 dBm (19) N/A N/A N/A
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
586 / 802
2.2.480 (U_RXLEV_DL_P) - (U_RXLEV_DL_P)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value U_RXLEV_DL_P U_RXLEV_DL_P
Upper downlink level threshold for power control. coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm U_RXLEV_DL_P > L_RXLEV_DL_P U_RXLEV_DL_P L_RXLEV_DL_P + 10 dB Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -75
587 / 802
2.2.481 (U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO) - (U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO
Uplink level threshold for Microcell to Macrocell handover. coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -47
Cell Type Dependent
N/A N/A N/A N/A -98 dBm (12) N/A N/A N/A
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
588 / 802
2.2.482 (U_RXLEV_UL_P) - (U_RXLEV_UL_P)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value U_RXLEV_UL_P U_RXLEV_UL_P
Upper uplink level threshold for power control. coded over 6 bits :0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm U_RXLEV_UL_P > L_RXLEV_UL_P U_RXLEV_UL_P L_RXLEV_UL_P + 10 dB Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -75
Cell Type Dependent
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
589 / 802
2.2.483 (U_RXQUAL_DL_P) - (U_RXQUAL_DL_P)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value U_RXQUAL_DL_P U_RXQUAL_DL_P
Upper downlink quality threshold for power control. step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 70==7) U_RXQUAL_DL_P < L_RXQUAL_DL_P Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 1
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality Highest value is the worst quality No No
590 / 802
2.2.484 (U_RXQUAL_UL_P) - (U_RXQUAL_UL_P)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value U_RXQUAL_UL_P U_RXQUAL_UL_P
Upper uplink quality threshold for power control. step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 70==7) U_RXQUAL_UL_P < L_RXQUAL_UL_P Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 1
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality Highest value is the worst quality No No
591 / 802
2.2.485 (UPPER_TIMING_ADVANCE) - (U_TIME_ADVANCE)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value UPPER_TIMING_ADVANCE U_TIME_ADVANCE
Timing Advance threshold for distance handover. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit bper Minimum 0 Maximum 63 Default 63
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Distance One unit corresponds to a distance of about 550m
Cell Type Dependent
35 km (63) 35 km (63) 35 km (63) 35 km (63) 1 km (2) 35 km (63) 34.5 km (62) 35 km (63)
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
592 / 802
2.2.486 (VQ_AVERAGE) - (VQ_AVERAGE)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition VQ_AVERAGE VQ_AVERAGE
Average window size on measurements to obtain samples for Voice Quality statistics. step size = 1 Samfr Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit Samfr Minimum 0 Maximum 128 Default 6
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Description Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
593 / 802
2.2.487 (VQ_BAD_RXFER) - (VQ_BAD_RXFER)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition VQ_BAD_RXFER VQ_BAD_RXFER
Radio bad FER threshold to specify bad quality samples for Voice Quality statistics. coded 0 to 200, step size=0.1% (0= 0%, 1 = 0.1 %, , 200 = 20%) Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 20 Default 3
594 / 802
2.2.488 (VQ_FER_THRESHOLD) - (VQ_FER_THRESHOLD)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition VQ_FER_THRESHOLD VQ_FER_THRESHOLD
Radio FER threshold to detect calls with bad speech quality for Voice Quality statistics. step size = 1% Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 30
595 / 802
2.2.489 (VQ_GOOD_RXFER) - (VQ_GOOD_RXFER)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition VQ_GOOD_RXFER VQ_GOOD_RXFER
Radio good FER threshold to specify bad quality samples for Voice Quality statistics. coded 0 to 200, step size=0.1% (0= 0%, 1 = 0.1 %, , 200 = 20%) Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 20 Default 1
596 / 802
2.2.490 (VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD) - (VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD
Radio interference threshold to detect noisy calls for Voice Quality statistics. step size = 1% Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 30
597 / 802
2.2.491 (VQ_RXLEV) - (VQ_RXLEV)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition VQ_RXLEV VQ_RXLEV
Radio level threshold to specify bad quality samples for Voice Quality statistics. 0 = -110 dBm, 1 = -109 dBm, 62 = -48 dBm, 63 = -47 dBm, step = 1dBm Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -95
Coding rules
598 / 802
2.2.492 (VQ_RXQUAL) - (VQ_RXQUAL)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition VQ_RXQUAL VQ_RXQUAL
Radio quality threshold to specify bad quality samples for Voice Quality statistics. step size=0.1 (1==0.1 70==7) Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 4
599 / 802
2.2.493 (VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER) - (VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER
Radio quality threshold to specify correlation between quality samples for Voice Quality statistics. step size=0.1 (1==0.1 70==7) Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 4
600 / 802
2.2.494 (W_LEV_HO) - (W_LEV_HO)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition W_LEV_HO W_LEV_HO
Weight applicable to level samples for handover when no DTX is applied. A_LEV_HO + W_LEV_HO < 32 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 3 Default 1
601 / 802
2.2.495 (W_LEV_MCHO) - (W_LEV_MCHO)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition W_LEV_MCHO W_LEV_MCHO
Weight applicable to level samples for microcell handover when no DTX is applied. A_LEV_MCHO + W_LEV_MCHO < 16 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 3 Default 1
Cell Type Dependent
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
602 / 802
2.2.496 (W_LEV_PC) - (W_LEV_PC)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition W_LEV_PC W_LEV_PC
Weight applicable to level samples for power control when no DTX is applied. A_LEV_PC + W_LEV_PC < 32 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 3 Default 1
603 / 802
2.2.497 (W_PBGT_HO) - (W_PBGT_HO)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition W_PBGT_HO W_PBGT_HO
Weight applicable to level samples for power budget when no DTX is applied. A_PBGT_HO + W_PBGT_HO < 32 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 3 Default 1
604 / 802
2.2.498 (W_QUAL_CA) - (W_QUAL_CA)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value W_QUAL_CA W_QUAL_CA
Averaging weight applicable for full quality (Channel adaptation). Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 3 Default 1
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Averaging PC-HO Window Size No No
605 / 802
2.2.499 (W_QUAL_HO) - (W_QUAL_HO)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition W_QUAL_HO W_QUAL_HO
Weight applicable to quality samples for handover when no DTX is applied. A_QUAL_HO + W_QUAL_HO < 32 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 3 Default 1
606 / 802
2.2.500 (W_QUAL_PC) - (W_QUAL_PC)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition W_QUAL_PC W_QUAL_PC
Weight applicable to quality samples for power control when no DTX is applied. A_QUAL_PC + W_QUAL_PC < 32 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 3 Default 1
607 / 802
2.2.501 (Wait Indication for Call Re-establishment) - (WI_CR)

Parameter Name Alcatel Wait Indication for Call Re-establishment WI_CR
Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = Call Re-establishment. 0: 0s, 1: 1s, ..., 254: 254s, 255: no IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT message is sent. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 3
Coding rules
608 / 802
2.2.502 (Wait Indication for Emergency Calls) - (WI_EC)

Parameter Name Alcatel Wait Indication for Emergency Calls WI_EC
Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = Emergency call. 0: 0s, 1: 1s, ..., 254: 254s, 255: no IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT message is sent. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 2
609 / 802
2.2.503 (Wait Indication for Originating Calls) - (WI_OC)

Parameter Name Alcatel Wait Indication for Originating Calls WI_OC
Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = Originating call. 0: 0s, 1: 1s, ..., 254: 254s, 255: no IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT message is sent. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 5
610 / 802
2.2.504 (Wait Indication for SDCCH procedures) - (WI_OP)

Parameter Name Alcatel Wait Indication for SDCCH procedures WI_OP
Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = Location updating or Other procedures which can be completed with an SDCCH. 0: 0s, 1: 1s, ..., 254: 254s, 255: no IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT message is sent. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 5
Coding rules
611 / 802
2.2.505 (WHITE_BOOK_INTERWORKING) - (MTP3_WB_INTERWORKING)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition WHITE_BOOK_INTERWORKING MTP3_WB_INTERWORKING
This flag indicates if the BSC sends a Q.704 TRA message upon first reception of SLTA from the MSC. 0 : TRA not sent upon first SLTA reception, 1 : TRA sent upon first SLTA reception Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking This flag is set to 1 for interworking with a "White Book" MSC. It is set to 0 for interworking with a "Blue Book" MSC. No No
612 / 802
2.2.506 (ZONE_HO_HYST_DL) - (ZONE_HO_HYST_DL)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition ZONE_HO_HYST_DL ZONE_HO_HYST_DL
Hysteresis applied to RXLEV_DL_ZONE for outer to inner zone handover. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -40 Maximum 40 Default 6
613 / 802
2.2.507 (ZONE_HO_HYST_UL) - (ZONE_HO_HYST_UL)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition ZONE_HO_HYST_UL ZONE_HO_HYST_UL
Hysteresis applied to RXLEV_UL_ZONE for outer to inner zone handover. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -40 Maximum 40 Default 6
2.3 System (CST)
614 / 802
2.3.1 (Interference band 5 upper limit) - (INTFBD5)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value Upper limit of interference band 5. Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm System (CST) Number BSC cell Unit dBm Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -47 Interference band 5 upper limit INTFBD5
OMC Changes: displayed RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3 No No
615 / 802
2.3.2 (SMSCB_Mode) - (SMSCB_Mode)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition SMSCB_Mode SMSCB_Mode
This parameter enables to select the mode of operation, either OMC-R or CBC. 0: OMC-R, 1: CBC System (CST) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
616 / 802
3 GPRS Telecom Parameters
617 / 802
3.1 Network (CDE)
618 / 802
3.1.1 (BSSGP_T3) - (bssgp_T3)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition BSSGP_T3 bssgp_T3
Timer used by MFS to wait for Suspend acknowledgement from SGSN. 1:0,1 ; 2: 0,2 ; ; 10: 1 ; ; 100: 10 Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit sec Minimum 0.1 Maximum 10 Default 0.6
619 / 802
3.1.2 (BSSGP_T4) - (bssgp_T4)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition BSSGP_T4 bssgp_T4
Timer used by MFS to wait for Resume acknowledgement from SGSN. 1:0,1 ; 2: 0,2 ; ; 10: 1 ; ; 100: 10 BSSGP_T4 < T_GPRS_Resume/ (Resume_retries+1)) Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit sec Minimum 0.1 Maximum 10 Default 0.6
620 / 802
3.1.3 (EN_CBL) - (EN_CBL)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EN_CBL EN_CBL
This flag enables / disables CBL feature (Leaky Bucket Synchronisation) 0 : disabled, 1 : enabled Network (CDE) Flag MFS MFS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
OMC Changes: - RNO Changes: No No
621 / 802
3.1.4 (Mobile Country Code (MCC)) - (MCC (MFS))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value Mobile Country Code. 3 digits BCD Equal to MCC (BSC) Network (CDE) Reference MFS OMC Unit None Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Minimum 0 Maximum 999 Default 999 Mobile Country Code (MCC) MCC (MFS)
OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Customer BUL file The value depends on the configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
622 / 802
3.1.5 (Mobile Network Code (MNC)) - (MNC (MFS))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value Mobile Network Code. 3 digits BCD Equal to MNC (BSC) Network (CDE) Reference MFS OMC Unit None Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Minimum 0 Maximum 999 Default 999 Mobile Network Code (MNC) MNC (MFS)
OMC Changes: Displayed(PRC&SC) RNO Changes: No Customer BUL file The value depends on configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes. The operator is allowed to enter 2 or 3 digits MNC. MNC such as yz or Fyz correspond to a 2 digits MNC (y, z = 0..9). (F binary coded 1111) MNC such as xyz correspond to a 3 digits MNC (x = 0..9). No No
623 / 802
3.1.6 (N391) - (N391)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition N391 N391
Number of polling cycles before Frame Relay " full status enquiry" (see ITU Q.933 Annex A, A.7). Network (CDE) Number MFS MFS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 255 Default 6
OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Customer BUL file No No
624 / 802
3.1.7 (N392) - (N392)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value N392 N392
Error threshold (Frame Relay, see Q.933, Annex A). N392*T391 is the value of the link failure detection time Network (CDE) Number MFS MFS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 10 Default 3
625 / 802
3.1.8 (N393) - (N393)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value N393 N393
Monitored error counts (Frame Relay, see ITU Q.933 Annex A, A.7). Network (CDE) Number MFS MFS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 10 Default 4
626 / 802
3.1.9 (PDU_LIFETIME_ORDER) - (PDU_LIFETIME_ORDER)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition PDU_LIFETIME_ORDER PDU_LIFETIME_ORDER
Authorize or inhibit DL LLC PDU ordering according to the remaining PDU lifetime. 0: ordering disabled, 1 : ordering enabled Should be set to ordering disabled, when the MFS interfaces with an Ericsson SGSN or any SGSN modifying the PDU Lifetime value during data flows addressed to the same MS on the same LLC SAPI in a non-acceptable manner, otherwise should be set to ordering enabled. Network (CDE) Flag MFS MFS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
627 / 802
3.1.10 (S_BECN) - (S_BECN)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition S_BECN S_BECN
Number of consecutive frames with BECN bit before congestion is stated. Network (CDE) Number MFS MFS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 255 Default 8
OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Customer BUL files No No
628 / 802
3.1.11 (T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC) (T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC
Timer value controlling the time duration between successive resource reallocation attempts for candidate MSs (trigger T3). step size = 1 sec; value 1 means 1 sec; value 2 means 2 sec, and so on Network (CDE) Timer MFS cell Unit sec Minimum 1 Maximum 20 Default 1
Coding rules
OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Customer BUL files This parameter, together with the parameter N_MAX_T3_REALLOC, is used to control the extra CPU load generated by resource reallocation attempts for MSs that are candidate for periodic resource reallocation, and to control the reactivity of the BSS with regards to the variation of the resources available for packet services. No No
629 / 802
3.1.12 (T1) - (bssgp_T1)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value T1 bssgp_T1
Guards the (un)blocking procedures. step size=1sec Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit sec Minimum 1 Maximum 30 Default 3
630 / 802
3.1.13 (T2) - (bssgp_T2)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value Guards the reset procedure. step size=1sec Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit sec Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent Minimum 1 Maximum 120 Default 3 T2 bssgp_T2
631 / 802
3.1.14 (T391) - (T391)

Link integrity verification polling timer (Frame Relay, see ITU Q.933, Annex A, A.7). N392*T391 is the value of the link failure detection time Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit sec Minimum 5 Maximum 30 Default 5
632 / 802
3.1.15 (TnsBlock) - (Tns_block)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value TnsBlock Tns_block
Time-out to trigger the block/unblock procedure. Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit sec Minimum 1 Maximum 120 Default 3
633 / 802
3.1.16 (TnsReset) - (Tns_reset)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value Time-out for reset procedure. Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit sec Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent Minimum 1 Maximum 120 Default 3 TnsReset Tns_reset
634 / 802
3.1.17 (TnsTest) - (Tns_test)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value Overall time-out to test an NS-VC. Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit sec Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent Minimum 1 Maximum 60 Default 15 TnsTest Tns_test
3.2 Site (CAE)
635 / 802
3.2.1 (ACCESS_RATE_BC) - (ACCESS_RATE_BC)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value ACCESS_RATE_BC ACCESS_RATE_BC
Physical access rate of the Frame Relay bearer channel. Not changeable after MFS system initialization. Site (CAE) Number MFS BC Unit kbit/s Minimum 64 Maximum 1984 Default 64
OMC Changes: displayed RNO Changes: No Frame relay No No
636 / 802
3.2.2 (Allowed priority classes) - (PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD (BSC))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Allowed priority classes PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD (BSC)
Definition
This parameter indicates whether or not a MS of a certain priority class is allowed to do Packet access. Coded over 3 bits . 000: packet access not allowed in the cell; 011:packet access allowed for priority level 1; 100: packet access allowed for priority level 1 to 2; 101: packet access allowed for priority level 1 to 3; 110: packet access allowed for priority level 1 to 4 Equal to PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD (MFS) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 6 Default 6
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / Connection Control 2/2 No No
637 / 802
3.2.3 (Allowed priority classes) - (PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD (MFS))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Allowed priority classes PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD (MFS)
Definition
This parameter indicates whether or not a MS of a certain priority class is allowed to do a Packet access. Coded over 3 bits . 000: packet access is not allowed in the cell; 011:packet access is allowed for priority level 1; 100: packet access is allowed for priority level 1 to 2; 101: packet access is allowed for priority level 1 to 3; 110: packet access allowed for priority level 1 to 4 Equal to PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD (BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 6 Default 6
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / Connection Control 2/2 Persistence level parameter for priority (i) is meaningless if the Radio Priority (i) is not allowed No No
638 / 802
3.2.4 (ALPHA) - (ALPHA (BSC))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Alpha power control parameter. Possible values are : 0.0 to 1.0 with step of 0.1respectively binary coded : 0000, 0001, 0010 1010 Equal to ALPHA (MFS) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1 ALPHA ALPHA (BSC)
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / Power Control No No
639 / 802
3.2.5 (ALPHA) - (ALPHA (MFS))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Alpha power control parameter. Possible values are : 0.0 to 1.0 with step of 0.1respectively binary coded : 0000, 0001, 0010 1010 Equal to ALPHA (BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1 ALPHA ALPHA (MFS)
640 / 802
3.2.6 (BS_AG_BLKS_RES) - (BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition BS_AG_BLKS_RES BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS)
Number of CCCH blocks reserved for the access grant channel (AGCH), broadcast on the PBCCH for CS service establishment. coded on 3 bits (000 : 0, ...111 : 7) BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS) = BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC) for a given cell when BCCH_EXT=TRUE, BS_AG_BLKS_RES>0 when CCCH_CONF=0 and CBCH is configured in the cell, BS_AG_BLKS_RES>0 Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 4
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG Edit Cell / Cell Information / Ctrl Channel Maximum and Default values given for CCCH_CONF=0 For CCCH_CONF=1, max=2, def=1 No No
641 / 802
3.2.7 (BS_CV_MAX) - (BS_CV_MAX (BSC))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition BS_CV_MAX BS_CV_MAX (BSC)
Number of remaining RLC data blocks sent (per assigned PDCH) by the MS, below which the Count Down procedure is entered. One third of the number of RLC data blocks per assigned PDCH before the MS checks if the resolution contention has failed. Coded on 4 bits (1==0001, 2 == 0010 .. 15 == 1111). Equal to BS_CV_MAX (MFS) BS_CV_MAX should be set to a value equal to the "minimum" round trip delay to optimise the uplink re-transmission of non-acknowledged blocks and minimise window-stalled situations. If BS_CV_MAX is set greater than round-trip-delay, uplink retransmissions of unacknowledged blocks may be delayed. For cells using GCH, BS_CV_MAX should be set to 8. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 15 Default 8
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / RLC/MAC Used by the MS to start the countdown value process (release of UL TBF) or to consider acknowledgement messages as valid for a given RLC data block. Lower values avoid too many TBF releases and reestablishments. No No
642 / 802
3.2.8 (BS_CV_MAX) - (BS_CV_MAX (MFS))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition BS_CV_MAX BS_CV_MAX (MFS)
Number of remaining RLC data blocks sent (per assigned PDCH) by the MS, below which the Count Down procedure is entered. One third of the number of RLC data blocks per assigned PDCH before the MS checks if the resolution contention has failed. Coded on 4 bits (1==0001, 2 == 0010 .. 15 == 1111). Equal to BS_CV_MAX (BSC) BS_CV_MAX should be set to a value equal to the "minimum" round trip delay to optimise the uplink re-transmission of non-acknowledged blocks and minimise window-stalled situations. If BS_CV_MAX is set greater than round-trip-delay, uplink retransmissions of unacknowledged blocks may be delayed. For cells using GCH, BS_CV_MAX should be set to 8. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 15 Default 8
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / RLC/MAC Used by the MS to start the countdown value process (release of UL TBF) or to consider acknowledgement messages as valid for a given RLC data block. Lower values avoid too many TBF releases and reestablishments. No No
643 / 802
3.2.9 (BS_PA_MFRMS) - (BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition BS_PA_MFRMS BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS)
Number of 51 frame multiframes between consecutive occurrences of a Paging Group, broadcast on the PBCCH for the CS service establishment. coded on 3 bits (000 : 2, ... 111: 9) BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC) = BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS) for a given cell Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 2 Maximum 9 Default 5
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG Edit Cell / Cell Information / Ctrl Channel The bigger this parameter is, the lesser the MS power consumption is. No No
644 / 802
3.2.10 (BS_PAG_BLKS_RES) - (BS_PAG_BLKS_RES)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition BS_PAG_BLKS_RES BS_PAG_BLKS_RES
Number of blocks allocated to the PAGCH or PDTCH or PACCH per 52 multiframe. coded on 4 bits (0001: 1, ..., 1010: 10) The codepoints 0000: 0, 1011: 11 and 1100: 12 are not supported by the ALCATEL BSS. BS_PAG_BLKS_RES < 12 BS_PBCCH_BLKS Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 10 Default 2
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 1/2 According to 3GPP TS 05.02, the number of paging blocks available on one PCCCH = (12 - BS_PAG_BLKS_RES - BS_PBCCH_BLKS) * 64. In order for the network to be able to page GPRS-attached Mobile Stations when PCCCH is present in the cell, there shall be at least one radio block where paging can occur. This requires (12 - BS_PAG_BLKS_RES - BS_PBCCH_BLKS) to be strictly greater than 0. No No
645 / 802
3.2.11 (BS_PBCCH_BLKS) - (BS_PBCCH_BLKS)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules BS_PBCCH_BLKS BS_PBCCH_BLKS
Number of blocks allocated to the PBCCH per 52 multiframe. coded on 2 bits : 00=Block B0 used for PBCCH, 01=Block B0, B6 used for PBCCH, 10=Block B0, B6, B3 used for PBCCH, 11=Block B0, B6, B3, B9 used for PBCCH Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 4 Default 4
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 1/2 No No
646 / 802
3.2.12 (BS_PRACH_BLKS_MIN) - (BS_PRACH_BLKS)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition BS_PRACH_BLKS_MIN BS_PRACH_BLKS
Number of blocks statically allocated to the PRACH per 52 multiframe on each MPDCH. coded on 4 bits (0000: 0, .., 1100: 12) ALCATEL BSS only supports values from 1 to 8. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 8 Default 2
Coding rules
647 / 802
3.2.13 (BS_TXPWR_MAX) - (BS_TXPWR_MAX (MFS))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules BS_TXPWR_MAX BS_TXPWR_MAX (MFS)
BTS maximum allowed transmission power. 0 0 0 0 = 0 dB, 0 0 0 1 = -2 dB, 0 0 1 0 = -4 dB, ..., 1 1 1 1 = -30 dB Equal to BS_TXPWR_MAX (BSC) BS_TXPWR_MAX BS_TXPWR_MIN Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit dB Minimum -30 Maximum 0 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control The BTS maximum allowed transmit power is defined relatively to the BTS maximum RF transmit power in GMSK (due to hardware limitation). No No
648 / 802
3.2.14 (BVCI) - (PTP_BVCI)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value PTP BVCI value. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent Minimum 2 Maximum 65535 Default # BVCI PTP_BVCI
OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Cell Menu / Show GPRS Bvci No No
649 / 802
3.2.15 (C31_HYST) - (C31_HYST)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition C31_HYST C31_HYST
Determines whether an additional cell hysteresis shall be applied to the C31 criterion. The hysteresis is GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS (for NC0 mode). 0 : no, 1 : yes Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 2/2 (+ Edit External Cell / Packet) No No
650 / 802
3.2.16 (C32_QUAL) - (C32_QUAL)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition C32_QUAL C32_QUAL
Flag indicating an exception rule for GPRS_RESELECT_OFFSET in NC0 mode. 0=NO, 1=YES Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 2/2 (+ Edit External Cell / Packet) No No
651 / 802
3.2.17 (cell identity (CI)) - (CI (MFS))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Cell Identity. LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time Equal to CI (BSC) Site (CAE) Reference MFS cell Unit None Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Minimum 0 Maximum 65535 Default 65535 cell identity (CI) CI (MFS)
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
652 / 802
3.2.18 (CI(n)) - (CI(n))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Cell Identity. The value "-1" indicates that the cell is an OMC external cell. Values 0..65535 correspond to the standard CI-value. LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time. For OMC external cells CI(n) = "-1". Site (CAE) Reference MFS adj Unit None Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Minimum -1 Maximum 65535 Default 65535 CI(n) CI(n)
Mandatory rules
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No Adjacencies Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
653 / 802
3.2.19 (Coding_Scheme) - (Coding_Scheme)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding_Scheme Coding_Scheme
This parameter indicates the coding schemes that are supported by the BTS. 0: CS1 only, 1: CS1 and CS2, 2: CS1 to CS4, 3: CS1 to CS4 and MCS1 to MCS9, 4: No GPRS Site (CAE) Number BSC BTS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 4 Default 0
Coding rules
OMC Changes: - RNO Changes: No No
654 / 802
3.2.20 (Commited Burst Size) - (CBS)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Commited Burst Size. CIR=0 > CBS=0 => EBS > 0 CIR NIR CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) FR_CAPACITY Site (CAE) Number MFS PVC Unit kbyte Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent Minimum 0 Maximum 248 Default 0 Commited Burst Size CBS
OMC Changes: MFS RNO Changes: No Create NS-VC No No
655 / 802
3.2.21 (Committed Information Rate) - (CIR)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Committed Information Rate. CIR=0 when direct access is used, CIR=0 > CBS=0 => EBS > 0 CIR NIR CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) FR_CAPACITY Site (CAE) Number MFS PVC Unit kbit/s Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent Minimum 0 Maximum 1984 Default 0 Committed Information Rate CIR
656 / 802
3.2.22 (CS_HST_DL_LT) - (CS_HST_DL_LT)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition CS_HST_DL_LT CS_HST_DL_LT
Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_LT thresholds used in the downlink radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 6 Default 0.5
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 2/2 No No
657 / 802
3.2.23 (CS_HST_DL_ST) - (CS_HST_DL_ST)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition CS_HST_DL_ST CS_HST_DL_ST
Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_ST thresholds used in the downlink radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 6 Default 1.5
658 / 802
3.2.24 (CS_HST_UL_LT) - (CS_HST_UL_LT)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition CS_HST_UL_LT CS_HST_UL_LT
Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_LT thresholds used in the uplink radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 6 Default 0.5
659 / 802
3.2.25 (CS_HST_UL_ST) - (CS_HST_UL_ST)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition CS_HST_UL_ST CS_HST_UL_ST
Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_ST thresholds used in the uplink radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 6 Default 1.5
660 / 802
3.2.26 (CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD) - (CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD
Maximum downlink transfer interruption between two successive DL TBFs to be able to reuse the coding scheme of the previous DL TBF when establishing a new DL TBF with the fast DL TBF reestablishment procedure on PACCH. The time to establish the new DL TBF on PACCH is taken into account, i.e. if it makes the downlink transfer interruption between the 2 TBFs exceeding the parameter, the previous coding scheme is not reused. step size = 20 ms Site (CAE) Timer MFS cell Unit ms Minimum 0 Maximum 5000 Default 680
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Cnct Ctrl 1/2 No No
661 / 802
3.2.27 (CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_ACK) - (CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_ACK)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_ACK CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_ACK
AV_RXQUAL_LT threshold used in the radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme from CS1 to CS2 in downlink and in acknowledged mode for hopping TRXs. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 6
662 / 802
3.2.28 (CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_NACK) - (CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_NACK)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_NACK CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_NACK
AV_RXQUAL_LT threshold used in the radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme from CS1 to CS2 in downlink and in unacknowledged mode for hopping TRXs. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 5
663 / 802
3.2.29 (CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_ACK) - (CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_ACK)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_ACK CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_ACK
AV_RXQUAL_LT threshold used in the radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme from CS1 to CS2 in downlink and in acknowledged mode for non-hopping TRXs. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 5
664 / 802
3.2.30 (CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_NACK) (CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_NACK)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_NACK CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_NACK
AV_RXQUAL_LT threshold used in the radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme from CS1 to CS2 in downlink and in unacknowledged mode for non-hopping TRXs. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 4
665 / 802
3.2.31 (CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_ACK) - (CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_ACK)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_ACK CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_ACK
AV_RXQUAL_LT threshold used in the radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme from CS1 to CS2 in uplink and in acknowledged mode for hopping TRXs. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 6
666 / 802
3.2.32 (CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_NACK) - (CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_NACK)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_NACK CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_NACK
AV_RXQUAL_LT threshold used in the radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme from CS1 to CS2 in uplink and in unacknowledged mode for hopping TRXs. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 5
667 / 802
3.2.33 (CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_ACK) - (CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_ACK)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_ACK CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_ACK
AV_RXQUAL_LT threshold used in the radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme from CS1 to CS2 in uplink and in acknowledged mode for non-hopping TRXs. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 5
668 / 802
3.2.34 (CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_NACK) (CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_NACK)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_NACK CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_NACK
AV_RXQUAL_LT threshold used in the radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme from CS1 to CS2 in uplink and in unacknowledged mode for non-hopping TRXs. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 4
669 / 802
3.2.35 (Data Link Connection Identifier) - (DLCI)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Data Link Connection Identifier DLCI
Data Link Connection Identifier, corresponds to a PVC identifier, see Q.922 Annex A, Table 1. Site (CAE) Number MFS PVC Unit None Minimum 16 Maximum 991 Default None
670 / 802
3.2.36 (DRX_TIMER_MAX) - (DRX_TIMER_MAX (BSC))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition DRX_TIMER_MAX DRX_TIMER_MAX (BSC)
Maximum value allowed for the MS to request for non-DRX mode after packet transfer mode. Radio coding :Possible values : 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64 respectively binary coded as 000, 001, , 111 ONLY THE VALUES 0, 1, 2 AND 4 ARE POSSIBLE in ALCATEL BSS. Equal to DRX_TIMER_MAX (MFS) Site (CAE) Number BSC BSS Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 4 Default 2
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / GPRS No No
671 / 802
3.2.37 (DRX_TIMER_MAX) - (DRX_TIMER_MAX (MFS))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition DRX_TIMER_MAX DRX_TIMER_MAX (MFS)
Maximum value allowed for the MS to request for non-DRX mode after packet transfer mode. Radio coding :Possible values : 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64 respectively binary coded as 000, 001, , 111 ONLY THE VALUES 0, 1, 2 AND 4 ARE POSSIBLE in ALCATEL BSS. Equal to DRX_TIMER_MAX (BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 4 Default 2
Coding rules
672 / 802
3.2.38 (EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK) - (EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK
This flag enables / disables the coding scheme adaptation mechanism in GPRS RLC acknowledged mode. 0 : coding scheme adaptation disabled, 1 : coding scheme adaptation enabled Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / Cnct Ctrl 1/2 No No
673 / 802
3.2.39 (EN_CS_ADAPTATION_NACK) - (EN_CS_ADAPTATION_NACK)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EN_CS_ADAPTATION_NACK EN_CS_ADAPTATION_NACK
Enables / disables the coding scheme adaptation mechanism in GPRS RLC unacknowledged mode. 0 : coding scheme adaptation disabled, 1 : coding scheme adaptation enabled Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / Cnct Ctrl 1/2 No No
674 / 802
3.2.40 (EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL) - (EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL
This flag enables/disables the delayed TBF release feature on the downlink. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / GPRS / General When this flag is set to 1, the TBF release will be delayed for all downlink TBFs by T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL. If data are received before expiry of this timer then the TBF is resumed. Otherwise it is released permanently upon expiry of the timer. Every T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL, a Radio Block is granted to the Mobile Station on PACCH/U in order for it to be able to request establishment of an uplink TBF. When this flag is set to 0, the TBF release will not be delayed and T3193 is started as soon as the normal TBF release is acknowledged by the Mobile Station. No No
675 / 802
3.2.41 (EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION) - (EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION
Enables/disables the enhanced GPRS traffic adaptation to cell load variation. 0: disabled; 1 enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit BSC / GPRS If flag is set to enabled (1), the parameter Low_Traffic_Load_GPRS is not used and the values of T_PDCH_Inactivity and T_PDCH_Inactivity_Last can be increased. The value of HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS can then also be set to a higher value (for example: 90%) assuming that LOAD_EV_PERIOD_GPRS is set to 3. No No
676 / 802
3.2.42 (EN_MPDCH) - (EN_MPDCH)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules EN_MPDCH EN_MPDCH
This flag enables / disables Master PDCH in a cell. 0: disabled ; 1: enabled NMO can only be set to NMO II if all cells of the BSS have EN_MPDCH = disabled. EN_MPDCH can only be set to enabled if NMO I or NMO III. IF En_MPDCH = True and Min_MPDCH = 1, then Max_PDCH_High_Load cannot be equal to 0. Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
677 / 802
3.2.43 (EN_MPDCH_STATIC) - (MIN_MPDCH)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition EN_MPDCH_STATIC MIN_MPDCH
Defines whether the MPDCH is dynamically or statically allocated when EN_MPDCH = enabled. 0: disabled, 1: enabled If MIN_MPDCH = 1 then MIN_PDCH > 0. IF En_MPDCH = True and Min_MPDCH = 1, then Max_PDCH_High_Load cannot be equal to 0. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
678 / 802
3.2.44 (EN_RES_REALLOCATION) - (EN_RES_REALLOCATION)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules EN_RES_REALLOCATION EN_RES_REALLOCATION
Enabling / disabling of the resource reallocation feature. 0: resource reallocation is disabled for all triggers 1: resource reallocation is enabled for all triggers 2: resource reallocation is enabled only for trigger T1 3: resource reallocation is enabled only for trigger T2 4: resource reallocation is enabled only for trigger T3 5: resource reallocation is enabled only for triggers T1 and T2 6: resource reallocation is enabled only for triggers T2 and T3 7: resource reallocation is enabled only for triggers T1 and T3 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / GPRS This parameter allows to enable or disable attempts to perform resource reallocation in order to: - either maintain a TBF alive when its PACCH is fast preempted (trigger T1), - or attempt offering more PDCHs to an MS upon concurrent TBF establishment (trigger T2), or periodically attempt offering more PDCHs to an MS which has a TBF in the direction of the bias with less PDCHs than it can support according to its multislot class (trigger T3). No No
679 / 802
3.2.45 (Excess Burst Size) - (EBS)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Excess Burst Size. CIR=0 > CBS=0 => EBS > 0 CIR NIR CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) FR_CAPACITY EBS=FR_CAPACITY(expressed in kbit/s) / 8, if CIR=0 Site (CAE) Number MFS PVC Unit kbyte Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent Minimum 0 Maximum 248 Default None Excess Burst Size EBS
680 / 802
3.2.46 (GAMMA_TNx) - (GAMMA_TNx)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules GAMMA_TNx GAMMA_TNx
Binary representation of the gamma ch for MS output power control. Coded on 5 bits, step size=2dB, with 00000 == 0 dB, 00001 == 2 dB, ... 11111 == 62 dB. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 62 Default 30
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Power Ctrl This parameter replaces the B6.2 parameters GAMMA_TN0, GAMMA_TN1,GAMMA_TN7. In the context of a concentric cell, the parameter applies to the outer zone. No No
681 / 802
3.2.47 (GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS) (GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS
Additional hysteresis which applies in Ready state for cells in same RA. step size = 2dB; coded on 3 bits. 000=0 dB, 001= 2 dB, 111=14 dB Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 14 Default 4
682 / 802
3.2.48 (GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH) - (GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH
Maximum TX power level an MS may use when accessing the system. Coded on 5 bits from 0 to 31 The coding depends on the BCCH frequency band: GSM 900 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit dBm Minimum 5 Maximum 43 Default 43
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 1/2 The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band: Default value for GSM900: 43 dBm Default value for GSM850: 39 dBm Default value for DCS1800: 30 dBm Default value for DCS1900: 30 dBm No No
683 / 802
3.2.49 (GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH) (GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n)
Maximum TX power level an MS may use when accessing the system. Coded on 5 bits from 0 to 31 The coding depends on the BCCH frequency band: GSM 900 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm, 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit dBm Minimum 5 Maximum 43 Default 43
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No Edit External Cell / Packet The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band: Default value for GSM900: 43 dBm Default value for GSM850: 39 dBm Default value for DCS1800: 30 dBm Default value for DCS1900: 30 dBm No No
684 / 802
3.2.50 (GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VALUE) (GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VALUE)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VALUE GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VALUE
Default value of the GPRS multislot class assumed at TBF establishment when the actual MS multislot class is unknown. 0: the radio resource allocation algorithm does not take into account concurrent constraints, even if the actual MS multislot class is known at TBF establishment. 1,2,4,8: GPRS multislot class as defined in GSM 05.02 annex B. Other multislot classes are not allowed for this parameter. (In B7.2, the Min_value is 1 : the value 0 is not allowed.) In B7.2, the Min_value is 1 : the value 0 is not allowed. Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 8 Default 8
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / GPRS / General The maximum MS multislot class, among the allowed values, expected in the operators network shall be entered. Because this parameter is used upon uplink TBF establishment, for instance when received on CCCH, it is not possible to enter a value, which implies support of more than one timeslot in uplink. Indeed, the mobile station that initiated the TBF request may only support one timeslot in uplink. No No
685 / 802
3.2.51 (GPRS_PENALTY_TIME) - (GPRS_PENALTY_TIME(n))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition GPRS_PENALTY_TIME GPRS_PENALTY_TIME(n)
Time during which GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET is active in neighbour cells. step size = 10 sec, coded on 5 bits (00000 = 10 sec, 11111 = 320 sec) Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit sec Minimum 10 Maximum 320 Default 10
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 2/2 (+ Edit External Cell / Packet) No No
686 / 802
3.2.52 (GPRS_PREF_MARK) - (GPRS_PREF_MARK)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition GPRS_PREF_MARK GPRS_PREF_MARK
Preference mark assigned to a TRX to favour or disfavour PS radio resource allocations on a TRX. 0: lowest preference mark (no PS allocation on the corresponding TRX) 3: highest preference mark (favour PS allocations on the corresponding TRX) For a TRX in the inner zone of a concentric, or in the inner zone of a multiband cell, or in the G1 band GPRS_PREF_MARK must be set to 0. Site (CAE) Number MFS TRX Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 3 Default 0
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Radio Channel Config. / TRX Configuration No No
687 / 802
3.2.53 (GPRS_RESELECTION_OFFSET) (GPRS_RESELECTION_OFFSET(n))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules GPRS_RESELECTION_OFFSET GPRS_RESELECTION_OFFSET(n)
Permanent offset for GPRS cell reselection in neighbour cells. coded on 5 bits (00000 = -52 dB, 11111 = 48 dB) 00000= -52; 00001= -48; 00010= -44; 00011= -40; 00100= -36; 00101= -32; 00110= -28; 00111= -24; 01000= -20; 01001= -16; 01010= -12; 01011= -10; 01100= - 8; 01101= - 6; 01110= - 4; 01111= - 2; 10000= 0; 10001= 2; 10010= 4; 10011= 6; 10100= 8; 10101=10; 10110= 12; 10111= 16; 11000= 20; 11001= 24; 11010= 28; 11011= 32; 11100= 36; 11101= 40; 11110= 44; 11111= 48 Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit dB Minimum -52 Maximum 48 Default 0
688 / 802
3.2.54 (GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN) - (GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN
Minimum received level at the MS required for access to the system. step size = 1 dBm, coded on 6 bits (000000 = -110 dBm, 111111 = -47 dBm) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -96
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 1/2 (+ Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 2/2) No No
689 / 802
3.2.55 (GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN) - (GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)
Minimum received level at the MS required for access to the system in neighbour cells. coded on 6 bits, 0=-110 dBm, 63=-47 dBm, step size=1dBm Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -96
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Adjacencies No No
690 / 802
3.2.56 (GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET) (GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET(n))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET(n)
Negative offset used for MS cell reselection process in neighbour cells. Possible values : 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, infinity respectively binary coded as 000, 001, , 111 Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum infinity Default 0
Coding rules
691 / 802
3.2.57 (HCS_THR) - (GPRS_HCS_THR)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules HCS signal strength. Coded on 5 bits. 00000=-110 dBm, 00001=-108 dBm, 11111=-48 dBm Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit dBm Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent Minimum -110 Maximum -48 Default -84 HCS_THR GPRS_HCS_THR
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 2/2 No No
692 / 802
3.2.58 (HCS_THR) - (GPRS_HCS_THR(n))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules HCS signal strength. Coded on 5 bits. 00000=-110 dBm, 00001=-108 dBm, 11111=-48 dBm Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit dBm Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent Minimum -110 Maximum -48 Default -84 HCS_THR GPRS_HCS_THR(n)
693 / 802
3.2.59 (HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS) - (HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS
In the basic PDCH traffic adaptation algorithm this Load threshold is used to determine when traffic load is high or indefinite for GPRS resources. In the enhanced PDCH traffic adaptation algorithm (i.e. EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION = enabled) this threshold indicates the maximum number of busy radio resources in the cell before the BSC asks the MFS to decrease the number of allocated PDCHs. HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 80
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / General groups If EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION is enabled and LOAD_EV_PERIOD_GPRS is set to 3, the value of this parameter can be set to a higher value (for example: 90%). No
Cell Type Dependent
694 / 802
3.2.60 (K_AVG_L) - (K_AVG_L)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value K_AVG_L K_AVG_L
Signal Quality strength filter constant. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 25 Default 8
695 / 802
3.2.61 (K_AVG_Q) - (K_AVG_Q)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value K_AVG_Q K_AVG_Q
Quality Signal strength filter constant. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 25 Default 8
696 / 802
3.2.62 (LAC(n)) - (LAC(n))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value Location Area Code. LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time. Site (CAE) Reference MFS adj Unit None Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Minimum 1 Maximum 65535 Default 65535 LAC(n) LAC(n)
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No Adjacencies Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
697 / 802
3.2.63 (Level 1 down) - (PVC_Level1_down)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value Level 1 down PVC_Level1_down
This parameter gives the low level of threshold for congestion. Site (CAE) Number MFS PVC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 40
OMC Changes: MFS RNO Changes: No MFSUSM / GB Configuration / Create NSVC No No
698 / 802
3.2.64 (Level 1 Factor) - (PVC_Level1_Factor)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Level 1 Factor PVC_Level1_Factor
This parameter is used to calculate the amount of data used for buffering. step size = 10, coding rules 1 == 10 ms, 1275 == 12750 ms amount of memory needed : PVC_Level1_factor * 10 * (CBS+EBS) for a PVC Site (CAE) Number MFS PVC Unit ms Minimum 50 Maximum 12750 Default None
699 / 802
3.2.65 (Level 1 up) - (PVC_Level1_up)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value Level 1 up PVC_Level1_up
This parameter gives the high level of threshold for congestion. Site (CAE) Number MFS PVC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 70
700 / 802
3.2.66 (LOAD_EV_PERIOD_GPRS) - (LOAD_EV_PERIOD_GPRS)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition LOAD_EV_PERIOD_GPRS LOAD_EV_PERIOD_GPRS
Number of load samples (calculated every TCH_INFO_PERIOD) for load averaging for the enhanced GPRS traffic adaptation algorithm. Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit None Minimum 3 Maximum 30 Default 3
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / Radio Resource Control Only meaningful if EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION is enabled. No No
701 / 802
3.2.67 (Location Area Code (LAC)) - (LAC (MFS))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Location Area Code. LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time Equal to LAC (BSC) Site (CAE) Reference MFS cell Unit None Modifiable Parameter Access Minimum 1 Maximum 65535 Default 65535 Location Area Code (LAC) LAC (MFS)
External Comment
702 / 802
3.2.68 (LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS) - (LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS
Load threshold used in basic GPRS traffic adaptation algorithm to determine when traffic load is low for GPRS resources. In the enhanced GPRS traffic adaptation algorithm (i.e. EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION = enabled) this threshold is not used. LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 50
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / General groups Only meaningful if EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION = disabled. No
703 / 802
3.2.69 (MAX_PAGING_QUEUE) - (MAX_PAGING_QUEUE)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value MAX_PAGING_QUEUE MAX_PAGING_QUEUE
Maximum number of CS+PS paging messages stored in GPU. Paging Rate = 100 paging/s AND Queueing Time = 5s Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 50 Maximum 1000 Default 500
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / GPRS / General No No
704 / 802
3.2.70 (MAX_PDCH) - (MAX_PDCH)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition MAX_PDCH MAX_PDCH
Maximum number of PDCHs that can be allocated in the cell . Applies to non-concentric cells or to the outer zone of concentric cells. Max_PDCH MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD. MAX_PDCHMIN_PDCH. If MAX_PDCH > 0 then EN_GPRS = TRUE ; If MAX_PDCH = 0 then EN_GPRS = FALSE MAX_PDCH 8 * nb of TRX with (GPRS_Pref_Mark > 0). "HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS > [(Max_PDCH)/ T)] * 100. T is the total number of timeslots in the cell. The high load threshold in the BSC has to be higher than the GPRS traffic maximum, i.e. some CS traffic is needed to reach the high load situation, in order to avoid to reach this threshold because of only GPRS traffic. And if EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION = disabled: (High_Traffic_Load_GPRS - Low_Traffic_Load_GPRS) > {[(Max_PDCH) - (Max_PDCH_High_Load)] / T} * 100. The goal of this rule is to avoid an oscillating phenomenon which can occur if the MFS pre-emption process triggers a return to the BSC normal load situation". Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 127 Default 0
Recommended rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Radio Resource Control 127 is a theorical value : 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH. MAX_PDCH_GROUP (from B6.2) is renamed in MAX_PDCH. No No
705 / 802
3.2.71 (MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD) - (MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD
Maximum number of PDCH per cell when the cell is in high load situation and if the enhanced PDCH traffic adaptation is disabled (EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION=disabled). If the enhanced PDCH adaptation is activated, this parameter indicates the lower limit of the adaptation mechanism. For a non-concentric cell or for the outer zone of a concentric cell. MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOADMIN_PDCH MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOADMAX_PDCH IF En_MPDCH = True and Min_MPDCH = 1, then Max_PDCH_High_Load cannot be equal to 0. "HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS > [(Max_PDCH)/ T)] * 100. T is the total number of timeslots in the cell. The high load threshold in the BSC has to be higher than the GPRS traffic maximum, i.e. some CS traffic is needed to reach the high load situation, in order to avoid to reach this threshold because of only GPRS traffic And if EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION = disabled, then (High_Traffic_Load_GPRS - Low_Traffic_Load_GPRS) > {[(Max_PDCH) - (Max_PDCH_High_Load)] / T} * 100. The aim of this rule is to avoid an oscillating phenomenon which can occur if the MFS pre-emption process triggers a return to the BSC normal load situation. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 127 Default 0
Recommended rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Radio Resource Control
706 / 802
External Comment
127 is a theorical value : 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH. If the enhanced PDCH adaptation is activated (EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION = enabled), the maximum number of PDCHs is determined dynamically in the range of [MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD; MAX_PDCH]. When EN_MPDCH = 1, the value MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD = 0 should be avoided. Indeed, such a value may lead to pre-empting the PDCH that carries the PBCCH/PCCCH, if present, in case of BSC high load. In that case, mobile stations in packet idle mode may take up to 6 seconds before realising that PBCCH/PCCCH has been abruptly removed. All CS or PS paging messages sent during that period may then be lost. No No
707 / 802
3.2.72 (MAX_PDCH_PER_TBF) - (MAX_PDCH_PER_TBF)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value MAX_PDCH_PER_TBF MAX_PDCH_PER_TBF
Maximum number of PDCH allocated to a single GPRS connection. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 5 Default 5
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / Radio Resource Control No No
708 / 802
3.2.73 (MAX_RETRANS) - (Max_retrans (MFS))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition MAX_RETRANS Max_retrans (MFS)
Maximum number of CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions by the MS on the RACH, broadcast on the PBCCH for CS service establishment. Possible values are:1, 2 ,4 and 7 respectively binary coded:00, 01, 10 and 11 Max_retrans (BSC) = Max_retrans (MFS) for a given cell Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 7 Default 2
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl The bigger this parameter is, the lesser the MS power consumption is. No No
709 / 802
3.2.74 (MAX_RETRANS_1) - (MAX_RETRANS_1)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition MAX_RETRANS_1 MAX_RETRANS_1
Maximum number of PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions by the MS on the PRACH with priority level 1. Possible values are : 1, 2, 4, 7 respectively binary coded : 00, 01, 10, 11 Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 7 Default 2
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Master channel 1/2 No No
710 / 802

Coding rules
711 / 802

Coding rules
712 / 802

Coding rules
713 / 802
3.2.78 (MIN_PDCH) - (MIN_PDCH)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition MIN_PDCH MIN_PDCH
Minimum number of PDCHs that can be preferentially allocated in the cell. MIN_PDCH is allocated on the TRX having the highest GPRS_PREF_MARK. MIN_PDCH applies to a non-concentric cell or for the outer zone of a concentric cell. MAX_PDCH MIN_PDCH. MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD MIN_PDCH. If MIN_MPDCH = 1 then MIN_PDCH > 0. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 127 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Radio Resource Control 127 is a theorical value : 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH. MIN_PDCH_GROUP (from B6.2) is renamed in MIN_PDCH . No No
714 / 802
3.2.79 (MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH) - (MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (MFS))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (MFS)
Maximum transmission power an MS is allowed to use when accessing the cell until otherwise commanded, broadcast on PBCCH for CS service establishment. GSM 900 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit dBm Minimum 5 Maximum 43 Default 43
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Selection The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band: Default value for GSM900: 43 dBm Default value for GSM850: 39 dBm Default value for DCS1800: 30 dBm Default value for DCS1900: 30 dBm No No
715 / 802
3.2.80 (N_AVG_I (BSC)) - (N_AVG_I (BSC))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value N_AVG_I (BSC) N_AVG_I (BSC)
Interfering signal strength filter constant for power control. coded on 4 bits Equal to N_AVG_I (MFS) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 15 Default 0
716 / 802
3.2.81 (N_AVG_I (MFS)) - (N_AVG_I (MFS))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value N_AVG_I (MFS) N_AVG_I (MFS)
Interfering signal strength filter constant for power control. coded on 4 bits Equal to N_AVG_I (BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 15 Default 0
OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Ch. 1/2. No No
717 / 802
3.2.82 (N_TBF_PER_SPDCH) - (N_TBF_PER_SPDCH)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition N_TBF_PER_SPDCH N_TBF_PER_SPDCH
Number of TBF that can be established on one PDCH before requesting a new PDCH to the BSC. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 5 Default 1
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / Radio Resource Control No No
718 / 802
3.2.83 (Network mode of operation) - (network_operation_mode (BSC))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Network mode of operation network_operation_mode (BSC)
This parameter defines the CS-PS coordination for paging. 3 possible values : 1, 2, 3; 1 == Network operation mode I ; 2 == Network operation mode II ; 3 == Network operation mode III. NMO can only be set to NMO II if all cells of the BSS have EN_MPDCH = disabled. EN_MPDCH can only be set to enabled if NMO I or NMO III. Equal to network_operation_mode (MFS). Site (CAE) Number BSC BSS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 3 Default 2
Mandatory rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / GPRS Any change will trigger a data reset of the GPUs. Stop and restart of GPRS traffic in all the cells of the BSS. NMO I requires a Gs interface. No No
719 / 802
3.2.84 (Network mode of operation) - (network_operation_mode (MFS))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Network mode of operation network_operation_mode (MFS)
This parameter defines the CS-PS coordination for paging. 3 possible values : 1, 2, 3; 1 == Network operation mode I ; 2 == Network operation mode II ; 3 == Network operation mode III NMO can only be set to NMO II if all cells of the BSS have EN_MPDCH = disabled. EN_MPDCH can only be set to enabled if NMO I or NMO III. Equal to network_operation_mode (BSC). Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 3 Default 2
Mandatory rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / GPRS Any change will trigger a data reset of the GPUs. Stop and restart of GPRS traffic in all the cells of the BSS. NMO I requires a Gs interface. No No
720 / 802
3.2.85 (Normal Information Rate) - (NIR)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value Normal Information Rate. CIR NIR CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) FR_CAPACITY NIR=0 when direct access is used Site (CAE) Number MFS PVC Unit kbit/s Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent Minimum 0 Maximum 1984 Default 0 Normal Information Rate NIR
OMC Changes: MFS RNO Changes: No MFSUSM / GB Configuration / NSVC Creation No No
721 / 802
3.2.86 (NS Priority) - (NS_Priority)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value NS Priority NS_Priority
Priority of the NSVC, is used by the load sharing. 1: lowest priority, 255:highest priority Site (CAE) Number MFS NSVC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 255 Default 10
722 / 802
3.2.87 (NSEI) - (NSEI)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value NSE Identifier. Site (CAE) Number MFS NSE Unit None Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent Minimum 1 Maximum 65535 Default None NSEI NSEI
OMC Changes: MFS RNO Changes: No MFSUSM / GB Configuration / NSE Creation No No
723 / 802
3.2.88 (NSVC Identifier) - (NSVCI)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value NSVC identifier. Site (CAE) Number MFS NSVC Unit None Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent Minimum 1 Maximum 65535 Default None NSVC Identifier NSVCI
OMC Changes: set by create(MFS) RNO Changes: No MFSUSM / GB Configuration / NSVC Creation No No
724 / 802
3.2.89 (PAN_DEC) - (PAN_DEC (BSC))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition PAN_DEC PAN_DEC (BSC)
Value decremented from MS N3102 counter when PACKET UL ACK/NACK is not received before MS timer T3182. Binary coded on 3 bits Equal to PAN_DEC (MFS) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / General groups No No
725 / 802
3.2.90 (PAN_DEC) - (PAN_DEC (MFS))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition PAN_DEC PAN_DEC (MFS)
Value decremented from MS N3102 counter when PACKET UL ACK/NACK is not received before MS timer T3182. Binary coded on 3 bits Equal to PAN_DEC (BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
726 / 802
3.2.91 (PAN_INC) - (PAN_INC (BSC))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition PAN_INC PAN_INC (BSC)
Value incremented to MS N3102 counter when PACKET UL ACK/NACK is received by MS. Binary coded on 3 bits Equal to PAN_INC (MFS) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
727 / 802
3.2.92 (PAN_INC) - (PAN_INC (MFS))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition PAN_INC PAN_INC (MFS)
Value incremented to MS N3102 counter when PACKET UL ACK/NACK is received by MS. Binary coded on 3 bits Equal to PAN_INC (BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
728 / 802
3.2.93 (PAN_MAX) - (PAN_MAX (BSC))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition PAN_MAX PAN_MAX (BSC)
Maximum value for counter N3102. cell reselection is done by MS when N3102 0. Possible values : 4, 8, 12., 32 respectively binary coded 000, 001, , 111 Equal to PAN_MAX (MFS) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 4 Maximum 32 Default 32
Coding rules
729 / 802
3.2.94 (PAN_MAX) - (PAN_MAX (MFS))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition PAN_MAX PAN_MAX (MFS)
Maximum value for counter N3102. cell reselection is done by MS when N3102 0. Possible values : 4, 8, 12,.., 32 respectively binary coded 000, 001,.. , 111 Equal to PAN_MAX (BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 4 Maximum 32 Default 32
Coding rules
730 / 802
3.2.95 (PC_MEAS_CHAN) - (PC_MEAS_CHAN (BSC))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition PC_MEAS_CHAN PC_MEAS_CHAN (BSC)
This parameter determines on which channel the MS shall measure the received power level on the downlink for the purpose of the uplink power control. 0 : downlink measurements for power control shall be made on BCCH 1 : downlink measurements for power control shall be made on PDCH Equal to PC_MEAS_CHAN (MFS). PC_MEAS_CHAN should be forced to PDCH in multiband cells Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules
731 / 802
3.2.96 (PC_MEAS_CHAN) - (PC_MEAS_CHAN (MFS))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition PC_MEAS_CHAN PC_MEAS_CHAN (MFS)
This parameter determines on which channel the MS shall measure the received power level on the downlink for the purpose of the uplink power control. 0 : downlink measurements for power control shall be made on BCCH, 1 : downlink measurements for power control shall be made on PDCH Equal to PC_MEAS_CHAN (BSC). PC_MEAS_CHAN should be forced to PDCH in multiband cells Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules
732 / 802
3.2.97 (PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_1) - (PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_1)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_1 PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_1
This parameter indicates the values of the access persistence level for radio priority 1. Values : 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16 coded on 4 bits 0 0 0 0 : persistence level 0, 0 0 0 1: persistence level 1, 0 0 1 0:persistence level 2, 0 0 1 1: persistence level 3, 0 1.0.0 : persistence level 4 . . . . 1 1 1 0 : persistence level 14, 1 1 1 1: persistence level 16 Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 16 Default 0
Coding rules
733 / 802

Coding rules
734 / 802

Coding rules
735 / 802

Coding rules
736 / 802
3.2.101 (PRACH_BUSY_THRES) - (PRACH_BUSY_THRES)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value PRACH_BUSY_THRES PRACH_BUSY_THRES
Received level above which a PRACH block is deemed busy. step size = 4 dBm Site (CAE) Threshold MFS cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -50 Default -106
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / RLC/MAC Parameter used in dynamic allocation of secondary MasterPDCH algorithm. No No
737 / 802
3.2.102 (PRIORITY_CLASS) - (GPRS_PRIORITY_CLASS)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value PRIORITY_CLASS GPRS_PRIORITY_CLASS
HCS priority of the cell, used in NC0. Coded on 3 bits. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 2/2 No No
738 / 802
3.2.103 (PRIORITY_CLASS) - (GPRS_PRIORITY_CLASS(n))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value PRIORITY_CLASS GPRS_PRIORITY_CLASS(n)
HCS priority of the adjacent cell, used in NC0. Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 2/2 (+ Edit External Cell / Packet) No No
739 / 802
3.2.104 (RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS) - (RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS
This parameter indicates in both STANDBY and READY state the additional hysteresis which applies when selecting a cell in a new Routing Area. step size = 2 dB, Coded on 3 bits. 000=0 dB, 001=2 dB, ...111=14 dB Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 14 Default 8
740 / 802
3.2.105 (RACH/PRACH_TA_FILTER) - (RACH_TA_FILTER (MFS))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition RACH/PRACH_TA_FILTER RACH_TA_FILTER (MFS)
Timing Advance threshold for CHANNEL REQUIRED and PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST filtering. 64: no filtering Equal to RACH_TA_FILTER (BSC) Disable the filtering for extended cells. Site (CAE) Threshold MFS cell Unit bper Minimum 0 Maximum 64 Default 64
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG Edit Cell / Cell Information / Ctrl Channel One unit corresponds to a distance of about 550m. CHANNEL REQUIRED or PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages with Timing Advance greater or equal to RACH_TA_FILTER are discarded. No No
741 / 802
3.2.106 (RANDOM_ACC_RETRY) - (RANDOM_ACC_RETRY)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition RANDOM_ACC_RETRY RANDOM_ACC_RETRY
This flag determines whether random access retry to another cell is allowed. 0 : not allowed, 1 : allowed Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
742 / 802
3.2.107 (Round trip delay MFS-MS) - (round_trip_delay)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value Round trip delay MFS-MS round_trip_delay
Round trip delay between the MFS and a MS. step size=10 ms T_dl_assign_ccch < 4.9s - round_trip_delay Site (CAE) Timer MFS cell Unit ms Minimum 80 Maximum 600 Default 160
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / Connection Control 2/2 The round-trip delay is used by the BSS software (RLC-MAC procedures). No No
743 / 802
3.2.108 (Routing Area Code for GPRS) - (RA_CODE (BSC))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Routing Area Code for GPRS. The initial special value -1 means that the RA code has still not been valued by the network provider. Equal to RA_CODE (MFS) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Minimum -1 Maximum 255 Default 0 Routing Area Code for GPRS RA_CODE (BSC)
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / General groups The value depends on configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
744 / 802
3.2.109 (Routing Area Code for GPRS) - (RA_CODE (MFS))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Routing Area Code. 0...255 (significant value: GSM 04.60) other values: external or unknown cell Equal to RA_CODE (BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Minimum -1 Maximum 255 Default 0 Routing Area Code for GPRS RA_CODE (MFS)
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / General groups The value depends on configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
745 / 802
3.2.110 (Routing Area Code for GPRS) - (RA_CODE(n))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Routing Area Code for GPRS RA_CODE(n)
Routing Area Code of neighbour cells. 0...255 (significant value: GSM 04.60) other values: external or unknown cell The initial special value "-1" means that the RA code has still not been valued by the network provider. "-1" enables the MFS to apply the RA comparison between own cells and external cells whose RA is unknown. Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit None Minimum -1 Maximum 255 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Adjacencies The initial special value "-1" means that the RA code has still not been valued by the network provider. "-1" enables the MFS to apply the RA comparison between own cells and external cells whose RA is unknown. The value -1 also means that the routing area of the serving cell is different from the routing area of the target cell. In case of inter-operator cell reselection, if the LAC + RAC of the target cell is the same as that of the serving cell, the operator shall enter -1 for the RAC. This value indicates to the MS the target cell is not in the same routing area as the serving cell. No No
746 / 802
3.2.111 (Routing Area Colour for GPRS) - (RA_COLOUR)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Routing Area Colour for GPRS. Coded over 3 bits. the initial special value -1 means that the RA codecolour has not yet been valued by the network provider. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0 Routing Area Colour for GPRS RA_COLOUR
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / General groups Default value depends on the configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
747 / 802
3.2.112 (S) - (S)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition S S
Number of slots between 2 successive PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST. Possible values are : 12, 15, 20, 30, 41, 55, 76, 109, 163, 217 respectively binary coded : 0000, 0001, 0010,... ,1001 WARNING: The following recommended rules assume that only BS_PRACH_BLKS PRACH blocks are available in a 52 multiframe. The UL PACCH blocks on PCCCH that may be used for PRACH are NOT considered in the figures below! Depending on the value of the BS_PRACH_BLKS parameter, it is recommend to set S as follows: If BS_PRACH_BLKS = 1, S = 15 PRACH frames (i.e. 900 ms), If BS_PRACH_BLKS = 2, S = 30 PRACH frames (i.e. 900 ms), If BS_PRACH_BLKS = 3, S = 41 PRACH frames (i.e. 820 ms), If BS_PRACH_BLKS = 4, S = 55 PRACH frames (i.e. 825 ms), If BS_PRACH_BLKS = 5, S = 76 PRACH frames (i.e. 912 ms), If BS_PRACH_BLKS = 6, S = 109 PRACH frames (i.e. 1090 ms), If BS_PRACH_BLKS = 7, S = 109 PRACH frames (i.e. 935 ms), If BS_PRACH_BLKS = 8, S = 109 PRACH frames (i.e. 818 ms), The number of slots belonging to the MSs PRACH between 2 successive Packet Channel Request messages is a random value drawn randomly for each new retransmission with uniform distribution in the set (S, S+1, ...,S+T-1) with T = Tx_INT. The time in seconds between two Packet Channel Request messages is determined as a function of S and of the BS_PRACH_BLKS parameter. BS_PRACH_BLKS defines the number of blocks statically allocated to the PRACH per 52 multiframe on each PCCCH. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 12 Maximum 217 Default 30
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Master channel 1/2
748 / 802
No No
749 / 802
3.2.113 (SGSNR) - (SGSNR)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition SGSNR SGSNR
Year corresponding to the version of ETSI/3GPP recommendations used to implement SGSN software. 0 = SGSN is release 98 or older; 1 = SGSN is release 99 onwards Site (CAE) Flag MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Internetworking SGSN Internetworking No No
750 / 802
3.2.114 (T stop frame relay emission) - (T_STOP_FR_EMISSION)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value T stop frame relay emission T_STOP_FR_EMISSION
Timer used to trigger restart of emission on a PVC (Frame Relay). step size = 1 ms Not changeable after MFS system initialization. Site (CAE) Timer MFS PVC Unit ms Minimum 10 Maximum 5000 Default 100
751 / 802
3.2.115 (T_AVG_T) - (T_AVG_T (BSC))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value T_AVG_T T_AVG_T (BSC)
Signal strength filter period for power control in packet transfer mode. binary coded on 5 bits Equal to T_AVG_T (MFS) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 25 Default 12
752 / 802
3.2.116 (T_AVG_T) - (T_AVG_T (MFS))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value T_AVG_T T_AVG_T (MFS)
Signal strength filter period for power control in packet transfer mode. binary coded on 5 bits Equal to T_AVG_T (BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 25 Default 12
753 / 802
3.2.117 (T_AVG_W) - (T_AVG_W (BSC))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value T_AVG_W T_AVG_W (BSC)
Signal strength filter period for power control in packet idle mode. binary coded on 5 bits Equal to T_AVG_W (MFS) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 25 Default 20
754 / 802
3.2.118 (T_AVG_W) - (T_AVG_W (MFS))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value T_AVG_W T_AVG_W (MFS)
Signal strength filter period for power control in packet idle mode. binary coded on 5 bits Equal to T_AVG_W (BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 25 Default 20
755 / 802
3.2.119 (T_DL_GPRS_MeasReport) - (T_DL_GPRS_MeasReport)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition T_DL_GPRS_MeasReport T_DL_GPRS_MeasReport
Time period to request for a Packet Downlink Ack Nack with measurements. step size = 20 ms Site (CAE) Timer MFS cell Unit ms Minimum 60 Maximum 3000 Default 400
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / RLC/MAC No No
756 / 802
3.2.120 (T_FLOW_CTRL_CELL) - (T_flow_ctrl_cell)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition T_FLOW_CTRL_CELL T_flow_ctrl_cell
Periodicity of emission of NM- FLOW-CONTROL-BVC message to SGSN. step size=1sec, 0 means infinite timer Site (CAE) Timer MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 10 Default 0
757 / 802
3.2.121 (T_FLOW_CTRL_MS) - (T_flow_ctrl_ms)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition T_FLOW_CTRL_MS T_flow_ctrl_ms
Periodicity of emission of NM- FLOW-CONTROL-MS message to SGSN. step size=1sec, 0 means infinite timer Site (CAE) Timer MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 250 Default 10
758 / 802
3.2.122 (T_GCH_CORR) - (Tcorr)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value T_GCH_CORR Tcorr
Timer to supervise clock drift correction loop for 16k channel. step size=100ms Site (CAE) Timer MFS cell Unit sec Minimum 0.1 Maximum 2 Default 0.2
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / General groups HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCH channels. Former HMI name Tcorr. No No
759 / 802
3.2.123 (T_GCH_ESTAB) - (Testab)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value T_GCH_ESTAB Testab
Supervision of loss of GCH link establishment for 16k channels. step size= 100 ms Site (CAE) Timer MFS cell Unit sec Minimum 0.1 Maximum 2 Default 0.2
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / General groups HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCH channels. Former HMI name Testab. No No
760 / 802
3.2.124 (T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME) (T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME
This timer indicates the typical response time of a network server as seen from this MFS. The response time corresponds to T T where T corresponds to the time at which a command is sent to the SGSN and T the time at which the response is received on the MFS side. This command / response is e.g. the LLC PDU containing an FTP GET and the first LLC PDU starting the file transfer. It can also be the LLC PDU containing an HTTP GET and the first LLC PDU starting the page download. step size: 100 ms Site (CAE) Timer MFS BSS Unit ms Minimum 0 Maximum 5000 Default 700
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / GPRS / General The value of this timer will be used to compute the duration of the Delayed DL TBF Release procedure. In case the servers to which the GGSN serving the MFS is connected are not located at the same place, then the maximum server response time should be entered. However, note that the higher this timer is, the longer will TBF releases be delayed and therefore the more resources are used up. No No
761 / 802
3.2.125 (T_PAG_PS) - (T_PAG_PS (BSC))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition T_PAG_PS T_PAG_PS (BSC)
This timer indicates the maximum time a PS PAGING message can remain in a Paging Group Queue. It includes the round-trip delay on Gb and A-bis interface. step size = 0.1sec Equal to T_PAG_PS (MFS) T_PAG_PS < T3313 (SGSN timer) Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 25.5 Default 3
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG Edit Cell / GPRS / RLC/MAC No No
762 / 802
3.2.126 (T_PAG_PS) - (T_PAG_PS (MFS))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition T_PAG_PS T_PAG_PS (MFS)
This timer indicates the maximum time a PS PAGING message can remain in a Paging Group Queue. It includes the round-trip delay on Gb and A-bis interface. step size = 0.1sec Equal to T_PAG_PS (BSC) T_PAG_PS < T3313 (SGSN timer) Site (CAE) Timer MFS cell Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 25.5 Default 3
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG Edit Cell / GPRS / RLC/MAC No No
763 / 802
3.2.127 (T_PDCH_INACTIVITY) - (T_PDCH_Inactivity)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition T_PDCH_INACTIVITY T_PDCH_Inactivity
Timer to postpone the deallocation of one PDCH of a cell (except the last PDCH with an allocated transmission resource), when it does not support anymore GPRS traffic. step size = 1 sec T_PDCH_Inactivity < T_PDCH_Inactivity_Last Site (CAE) Timer MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 10
764 / 802
3.2.128 (T_PDCH_INACTIVITY_LAST) - (T_PDCH_Inactivity_Last)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition T_PDCH_INACTIVITY_LAST T_PDCH_Inactivity_Last
Timer to postpone the deallocation of the last PDCH of a cell which has a transmission resource, when it does not support GPRS traffic anymore. step size =1 sec T_PDCH_Inactivity < T_PDCH_Inactivity_Last Site (CAE) Timer MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 200 Default 20
765 / 802
3.2.129 (T_PDCH_PREEMPTION) - (T_PDCH_PREEMPTION)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition T_PDCH_PREEMPTION T_PDCH_PREEMPTION
Timer to limit the duration of the soft pre-emption process (at its expiry, a fast pre-emption is undertaken). 0: immediate fast preemption, step size = 1sec T_PDCH_Preemption < T_qho T_PDCH_Preemption < T11 T_PDCH_Preemption < TCH_INFO_PERIOD Site (CAE) Timer MFS cell Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 240 Default 2
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Radio Resource Control The parameter is tuned according to the parameters HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS and LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS. If resource reallocation is enabled for trigger T1, TBFs the PACCH of which is impacted by soft pre-emption will be attempted to be reallocated on other PDCHs, unless T_PDCH_PREEMPTION = 0. In the latter case, no resource reallocation will be attempted and the required number of PDCHs will be granted back to the BSC immediately (after abnormally releasing the impacted TBFs). No No
766 / 802
3.2.130 (T_PSI_PACCH) - (T_PSI_PACCH)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules T_PSI_PACCH T_PSI_PACCH
Scheduling period of PSI1 or PSI13 on PACCH. step size =1sec, 00000 == Deactivated PSI scheduling on PACCH, 00001 == 1s, 111100 == T_PSI_PACCH = 30 sec Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 30 Default 14
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit BSS / GPRS / General No No
767 / 802
3.2.131 (T_RESEL) - (T_RESEL)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition T_RESEL T_RESEL
Timer whose expiry allows a MS, which has performed an abnormal release with cell reselection, to reselect the previous cell. coded on 3 bits, 000= 5 sec, 001= 10 sec, 010 = 15 sec, 011 = 20 sec, 100= 30 sec, 101 = 60 sec, 110 = 120 sec, 111 = 300 sec Site (CAE) Timer MFS cell Unit sec Minimum 5 Maximum 300 Default 5
Coding rules
768 / 802
3.2.132 (T_ul_assign_PCCCH) - (T_ul_assign_pccch)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition T_ul_assign_PCCCH T_ul_assign_pccch
Timer defining the number of radio blocks from which one uplink radio block may be allocated to transport the PACKET RESOURCE REQUEST msg, in a 2 phase UL TBF establishment on PCCCH procedure. step size = 0.1 sec Site (CAE) Timer MFS cell Unit sec Minimum 0.1 Maximum 0.7 Default 0.4
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Connection Control 2/2 No No
769 / 802
3.2.133 (T3168) - (T3168 (BSC))

This timer defines the maximum time the MS waits for a packet UL assignment, after sending a Packet Resource Request (case of two-phase UL TBF establishment) or after including a Channel Request Description Information Element in a Packet Downlink Ack/Nack (case of UL TBF establishment on a concurrent DL TBF). Broadcast in SI13 within the GPRS Cell Options IE. Coded on 3 bits. The timeout value is given as the binary value plus one in units of 500 ms. Equal to T3168 (MFS) Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit sec Minimum 1 Maximum 4 Default 1
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / Connection Control 2/2 The setting of T3168 should leave sufficient time to the MFS for granting PDCHs for serving the UL TBF request, plus also cover the round trip time and the possible queuing delay within the MFS before the Packet Uplink Assignment can be sent to the Mobile Station. Therefore a value of 500 ms is not allowed in this release of the Alcatel BSS. No No
770 / 802
3.2.134 (T3168) - (T3168 (MFS))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition T3168 T3168 (MFS)
This timer defines the maximum time the MS waits for a packet UL assignment, after sending a Packet Resource Request (case of two-phase UL TBF establishment) or after including a Channel Request Description Information Element in a Packet Downlink Ack/Nack (case of UL TBF establishment on a concurrent DL TBF). Broadcast in PSI1 within the GPRS Cell Options IE. Coded on 3 bits. The timeout value is given as the binary value plus one in units of 500 ms. Equal to T3168 (BSC) Site (CAE) Timer MFS cell Unit sec Minimum 1 Maximum 4 Default 1
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / Connection Control 2/2 The setting of T3168 should leave sufficient time to the MFS for granting PDCHs for serving the UL TBF request, plus also cover the round trip time and the possible queuing delay within the MFS before the Packet Uplink Assignment can be sent to the Mobile Station. Therefore a value of 500 ms is not allowed in this release of the Alcatel BSS. No No
771 / 802
3.2.135 (T3192) - (T3192 (BSC))

Wait for release of the downlink TBF on MS side after reception of the final block by the MS. coded on 3 bits. 0 0 0: 500 msec, 0 0 1: 1000 msec, 0 1 0: 1500 msec, 0 1 1: 0 msec, 1 0 0: 80 msec, 1 0 1: 120 msec, 1 1 0: 160 msec, 1 1 1: 200 msec, min = 0 Values lower than 500 ms defined in 04.60 will never be used by ALCATEL implementation. Equal to T3192 (MFS) T3192>MS-BSS roundtrip delay + RRBP maximum duration (120ms) T3192 = 1000ms when no non-DRX mode T3192 = 500ms when non-DRX mode Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit ms Minimum 500 Maximum 1500 Default 500
Coding rules
772 / 802
3.2.136 (T3192) - (T3192 (MFS))

Wait for release of the downlink TBF on MS side after reception of the final block by the MS. coded on 3 bits. 0 0 0 = 500 ms, 0 0 1 = 1000 msec, 0 1 0 = 1500 msec, 0 1 1 = 0 msec, 1 0 0 = 80 msec, 1 0 1 = 120 msec, 1 1 0 = 160 msec, 1 1 1 = 200 msec Values lower than 500 ms defined in 04.60 will never be used by ALCATEL implementation. Equal to T3192 (BSC) T3192 > MS-BSS roundtrip delay + RRBP maximum duration (120ms) T3192 = 1000ms when no non-DRX mode T3192 = 500ms when non-DRX mode Site (CAE) Timer MFS cell Unit ms Minimum 500 Maximum 1500 Default 500
Coding rules
773 / 802
3.2.137 (T3212) - (T3212 (MFS))

This timer indicates to the MS the delay between two consecutive Periodic Location Update procedures. 0: no periodic location update, coded on 8 bits Equal to T3212 (BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit 6 mn Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 30
774 / 802
3.2.138 (TBF_CS_DL) - (TBF_CS_DL)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition TBF_CS_DL TBF_CS_DL
Threshold defining the number of consecutive Packet Downlink Ack/Nack not received above which the coding scheme of a downlink acknowledged or unacknowledged TBF is changed to CS1 (only in downlink). step size = 1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 15 Default 6
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 2/2 If N3105_LIMIT < TBF_CS_DL then the loss of consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaption but TBF release. No No
775 / 802
3.2.139 (TBF_CS_UL) - (TBF_CS_UL)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition TBF_CS_UL TBF_CS_UL
Threshold defining the maximum number of consecutive times the network receives an invalid UL RLC data block or nothing from the MS having a monoslot TBF before changing the coding scheme to CS1. For a multislot TBF, TBF_CS_UL_limit := TBF_CS_UL x n_allocated _TS. step size = 1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 64 Default 32
776 / 802
3.2.140 (TBF_DL_INIT_CS) - (TBF_DL_INIT_CS)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition TBF_DL_INIT_CS TBF_DL_INIT_CS
Value of the downlink coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is disabled or initial value of the coding scheme otherwise. coded from 0 to 3, 0 : CS1, 1 : CS2, 2 : CS3, 3 : CS4, only CS1 and CS2 are supported by Alcatel BSS. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 2 Default 1
Coding rules
777 / 802
3.2.141 (TBF_UL_INIT_CS) - (TBF_UL_INIT_CS)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition TBF_UL_INIT_CS TBF_UL_INIT_CS
Value of the uplink coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is disabled or initial value of the coding scheme otherwise. coded from 0 to 3, 0 : CS1, 1 : CS2, 2 : CS3, 3 : CS4, only CS1 and CS2 are supported by Alcatel BSS. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 2 Default 1
Coding rules
778 / 802
3.2.142 (TX_EFFICIENCY_ACK_THR) - (TX_EFFICIENCY_ACK_THR)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition TX_EFFICIENCY_ACK_THR TX_EFFICIENCY_ACK_THR
Threshold below which the TBF is released because of a bad transmission efficiency in acknowledged mode. step size = 1% Site (CAE) Threshold MFS cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 10
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Reselection 2/2 No No
779 / 802
3.2.143 (TX_EFFICIENCY_NACK_THR) - (TX_EFFICIENCY_NACK_THR)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition TX_EFFICIENCY_NACK_THR TX_EFFICIENCY_NACK_THR
Threshold below which the TBF is released because of a bad transmission efficiency in unacknowledged mode. step size = 1% Site (CAE) Threshold MFS cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 15
780 / 802
3.2.144 (TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD) - (TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD
Number of received RLC data blocks after which TX_EFFICIENCY is computed. step size = 1 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 500 Default 50
781 / 802
3.2.145 (TX_INT) - (TX_INT)

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition TX_INT TX_INT
Number of PRACH timeslots to spread transmission of PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST. Possible values are : 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32, 50, coded from 0000 to 1111 WARNING: The following recommended rules assume that only BS_PRACH_BLKS PRACH blocks are available in a 52 multiframe. The UL PACCH blocks on PCCCH that may be used for PRACH are NOT considered in the figures below! Depending on the value of the BS_PRACH_BLKS parameter, it is recommend to set TX_INT as follows: If BS_PRACH_BLKS = 1, TX_INT = 4 PRACH frames (i.e. a spreading time of 240 ms), If BS_PRACH_BLKS = 2, TX_INT = 8 PRACH frames (i.e. a spreading time of 240 ms), If BS_PRACH_BLKS = 3, TX_INT = 12 PRACH frames (i.e. a spreading time of 240 ms), If BS_PRACH_BLKS = 4, TX_INT = 16 PRACH frames (i.e. a spreading time of 240 ms), If BS_PRACH_BLKS = 5, TX_INT = 20 PRACH frames (i.e. a spreading time of 200 ms), If BS_PRACH_BLKS = 6, TX_INT = 20 PRACH frames (i.e. a spreading time of 200 ms), If BS_PRACH_BLKS = 7, TX_INT = 25 PRACH frames (i.e. a spreading time of 215 ms), If BS_PRACH_BLKS = 8, TX_INT = 32 PRACH frames (i.e. a spreading time of 240 ms). The TX_INT allows the MS to spread the transmission of the repeated packet channel requests. The idea is to set this value so that the spreading time does not exceed the duration of one 52-multiframe, i.e. 240 ms. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 2 Maximum 50 Default 8
Coding rules
782 / 802
3.2.146 (TX_INTEGER) - (Tx_integer (MFS))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition TX_INTEGER Tx_integer (MFS)
Number of RACH timeslots that spread transmission of CHANNEL REQUEST. Possible values are:3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32, 50 respectively binary coded from 0000 to 1111 Equal to Tx_Integer (BSC) When the GPRS is supported, it is recommended to set: TX_INTEGER = 32 if the CCCH is not combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 0 TX_INTEGER = 12 if the CCCH is combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 1 The number of slots belonging to the MSs RACH between 2 successive Channel Request messages is a random value drawn randomly for each new retransmission with uniform distribution in the set (S, S+1, ...,S+T-1). With T = Tx_Integer and S depending on the CCCH configuration as shown below: 1) for non combined CCCH: - Tx_Integer = 3, 8, 14, 50 > S = 55 RACH frames (i.e. 253.8 ms) - Tx_Integer = 4, 9, 16 > S = 76 RACH frames (i.e. 349.6 ms) Tx_Integer = 5, 10, 20 > S = 109 RACH frames (i.e. 501.4 ms) Tx_Integer = 6, 11, 25 > S = 163 RACH frames (i.e. 749.8 ms) Tx_Integer = 7, 12, 32 > S = 217 RACH frames (i.e. 998.2 ms) 2) for combined CCCH: - Tx_Integer = 3, 8, 14, 50 > S = 41 RACH frames (i.e. 357.5 ms) - Tx_Integer = 4, 9, 16 > S = 52 RACH frames (i.e. 453.4 ms) - Tx_Integer = 5, 10, 20 > S = 58 RACH frames (i.e. 505.7 ms) - Tx_Integer = 6, 11, 25 > S = 86 RACH frames (i.e. 749.9 ms) - Tx_Integer = 7, 12, 32 > S = 115 RACH frames (i.e. 1002.8 ms) Note: - In the non-combined CCCH configuration, there are 51 RACH frames per 51-multiframe - In the combined CCCH configuration, there are 27 RACH frames per 51-multiframe. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 3 Maximum 50 Default 32
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl Should be set to 12 when EN_GPRS=1
783 / 802
No No
784 / 802
3.2.147 (Wait Indication for Packet Access Reject) - (WI_PR)

Parameter Name Alcatel Wait Indication for Packet Access Reject WI_PR
Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Wait indication used in PACKET ACCESS REJECT. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 3
785 / 802
786 / 802
4 2G-3G Telecom Parameters
787 / 802
4.1 Site (CAE)
788 / 802
4.1.1 (EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION) (EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION(BSC))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION(BSC)
Enables/Disables the GSM to UTRAN FDD cell reselections. 0 = disabled; 1 = enabled Equal to EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION(MFS) The support of extended BCCH (parameter BCCH_EXT) is HIGHLY recommended in cells having adjacent cells in several frequency bands and at least 18 adjacent frequencies within the same band. Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / UMTS Mobile autonomous GSM to UMTS cell reselection for CS and PS services is not supported in the cells corresponding to a FUMO BTS. Since the total number of ARFCN described in the BA list shall not exceed 32 in the serving cell, the number of useful ARFCN (excluding the dummy ARFCN) is limited to 32 1 = 31 if the Extended BCCH Frequency List IE of the SI2ter message describes the dummy ARFCN. This case occurs when there is no additional 2G frequency to encode in the Extended BCCH Frequency List IE of the SI2ter message but the SI2ter message has to be present for 2G-to-3G cell reselections. No No
789 / 802
4.1.2 (EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION) (EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION(MFS))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION(MFS)
Enables/Disables the GSM to UTRAN FDD cell reselections 0 = disabled; 1 = enabled Equal to EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION(BSC) The support of extended BCCH (parameter BCCH_EXT) is HIGHLY recommended in cells having adjacent cells in several frequency bands and at least 18 adjacent frequencies within the same band. Site (CAE) Flag MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / UMTS Mobile autonomous GSM to UMTS cell reselection for CS and PS services is not supported in the cells corresponding to a FUMO BTS. Since the total number of ARFCN described in the BA list shall not exceed 32 in the serving cell, the number of useful ARFCN (excluding the dummy ARFCN) is limited to 32 1 = 31 if the Extended BCCH Frequency List IE of the SI2ter message describes the dummy ARFCN. This case occurs when there is no additional 2G frequency to encode in the Extended BCCH Frequency List IE of the SI2ter message but the SI2ter message has to be present for 2G-to-3G cell reselections. No No
790 / 802
4.1.3 (FDD_FREQUENCY_LIST) - (FDD_ARFCN_LIST(BSC))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules FDD_FREQUENCY_LIST FDD_ARFCN_LIST(BSC)
List of neighbour FDD UTRAN frequencies 0 = 0.0 MHz, 1 = 0.2 MHz, ... , 16383 = 3276.6 MHz Equal to FDD_ARFCN_LIST(MFS) Only the following downlink bands are standardised: 1930 1990 MHz and 2110 2170 MHz Site (CAE) List of numbers BSC BSS Unit MHz Minimum 0 Maximum 3276.6 Default -1
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / UMTS The FDD UTRAN frequencies are coded as the UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Numbers (ARFCN) on the Air interface. The FDD UTRAN frequencies of the 3G neighbour cells are broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell. No No
791 / 802
4.1.4 (FDD_FREQUENCY_LIST) - (FDD_ARFCN_LIST(MFS))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules FDD_FREQUENCY_LIST FDD_ARFCN_LIST(MFS)
List of neighbour FDD UTRAN frequencies 0 = 0.0 MHz, 1 = 0.2 MHz, ... , 16383 = 3276.6 MHz Equal to FDD_ARFCN_LIST(BSC) Only the following downlink bands are standardised: 1930 1990 MHz and 2110 2170 MHz. Site (CAE) List of numbers MFS BSS Unit MHz Minimum 0 Maximum 3276.6 Default -1
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / UMTS The FDD UTRAN frequencies are coded as the UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Numbers (ARFCN) on the Air interface. The FDD UTRAN frequencies of the 3G neighbour cells are broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell. No No
792 / 802
4.1.5 (FDD_Qmin) - (FDD_Qmin(BSC))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value FDD_Qmin FDD_Qmin(BSC)
Minimum threshold for Ec/Io for UTRAN FDD cell re-selection. 0 = -20 dB, 1 = -19 dB, ... , 7 = -13 dB Equal to FDD_Qmin(MFS) Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -20 Maximum -13 Default -20
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Edit cell / UMTS This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell. No No
793 / 802
4.1.6 (FDD_Qmin) - (FDD_Qmin(MFS))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value FDD_Qmin FDD_Qmin(MFS)
Minimum threshold for Ec/Io for UTRAN FDD cell re-selection. 0 = -20 dB, 1 = -19 dB, ... , 7 = -13 dB Equal to FDD_Qmin(BSC) Site (CAE) Threshold MFS cell Unit dB Minimum -20 Maximum -13 Default -20
794 / 802
4.1.7 (FDD_Qoffset) - (FDD_Qoffset (BSC))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition FDD_Qoffset FDD_Qoffset (BSC)
Offset added to the received level average of the serving cell and of the neighbour GSM cells for UTRAN FDD cell re-selection. Coded value (binary): Value (dB): Text displayed at the OMC 0: -32: Always select a 3G cell if possible 1: -28: -28 dB 2: -24: -24 dB 3: -20: -20 dB 4: -16: -16 dB 5: -12: -12 dB 6: -8: -8 dB 7: -4: -4 dB 8: 0: 0 dB 9: 4: 4 dB 10: 8: 8 dB 11: 12: 12 dB 12: 16: 16 dB 13: 20: 20 dB 14: 24: 24 dB 15: 28: 28 dB Equal to FDD_Qoffset(MFS) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -32 Maximum 28 Default -32
Coding rules
795 / 802
4.1.8 (FDD_Qoffset) - (FDD_Qoffset (MFS))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition FDD_Qoffset FDD_Qoffset (MFS)
Offset added to the received level average of the serving cell and of the neighbour GSM cells for UTRAN FDD cell re-selection. Coded value (binary): Value (dB): Text displayed at the OMC 0: -32: Always select a 3G cell if possible 1: -28: -28 dB 2: -24: -24 dB 3: -20: -20 dB 4: -16: -16 dB 5: -12: -12 dB 6: -8: -8 dB 7: -4: -4 dB 8: 0: 0 dB 9: 4: 4 dB 10: 8: 8 dB 11: 12: 12 dB 12: 16: 16 dB 13: 20: 20 dB 14: 24: 24 dB 15: 28: 28 dB Equal to FDD_Qoffset(BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit dB Minimum -32 Maximum 28 Default -32
Coding rules
796 / 802
4.1.9 (Qsearch) - (Qsearch(BSC))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Qsearch Qsearch(BSC)
Threshold for searching for 3G cells depending whether the received level average of the serving cell is below or above the threshold. Coded value (binary): Value (dBm): Text displayed at the OMC 0: -98: -98 dBm (below) 1: -94: -94 dBm (below) 2: -90: -90dBm (below) 3: -86: -86dBm (below) 4: -82: -82 dBm (below) 5: -78: -78 dBm (below) 6: -74: -74 dBm (below) 7: -70: Always search for 3G neighbour cells 8: -78: -78 dBm (above) 9: -74: -74 dBm (above) 10: -70: -70 dBm (above) 11: -66: -66 dBm (above) 12: -62: -62 dBm (above) 13: -58: -58 dBm (above) 14: -54: -54 dBm (above) 15: -50: Never search for 3G neighbour cells Equal to Qsearch(MFS) In a cell with FDD_ARFCN_list not empty, Qsearch =-70, i.e. always search for 3G neighbour cells. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -98 Maximum -50 Default -50
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Edit Cell / UMTS This threshold is used to search for 3G cells if the received signal level is below (-98 dBm to always search for 3G neighbour cells) or above (-78 dBm to never search for neighbour cells) the threshold. This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell. It is equal to Qsearch_I when broadcast on BCCH, or equal to Qsearch_P when broadcast on PBCCH (See TS 05.18). No No
797 / 802
4.1.10 (Qsearch) - (Qsearch(MFS))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Qsearch Qsearch(MFS)
Threshold for searching for 3G cells depending whether the received level average of the serving cell is below or above the threshold. Coded value (binary): Value (dBm): Text displayed at the OMC 0: -98: -98 dBm (below) 1: -94: -94 dBm (below) 2: -90: -90dBm (below) 3: -86: -86dBm (below) 4: -82: -82 dBm (below) 5: -78: -78 dBm (below) 6: -74: -74 dBm (below) 7: -70: Always search for 3G neighbour cells 8: -78: -78 dBm (above) 9: -74: -74 dBm (above) 10: -70: -70 dBm (above) 11: -66: -66 dBm (above) 12: -62: -62 dBm (above) 13: -58: -58 dBm (above) 14: -54: -54 dBm (above) 15: -50: Never search for 3G neighbour cells Equal to Qsearch(BSC) In a cell with FDD_ARFCN_list not empty, Qsearch =-70, i.e. always search for 3G neighbour cells. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit dBm Minimum -98 Maximum -50 Default -50
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Edit Cell / UMTS This threshold is used to search for 3G cells if the received signal level is below (-98 dBm to always search for 3G neighbour cells) or above (-78 dBm to never search for 3G neighbour cells) the threshold. This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell. It is equal to Qsearch_I when broadcast on BCCH, or equal to Qsearch_P when broadcast on PBCCH (See TS 05.18). No No Number MFS cell
Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent Type SubSystem Instance
798 / 802
Value
Unit dB
Minimum -32
Maximum 28
Default -32
799 / 802
4.1.11 (Qsearch) - (Qsearch(BSC))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Qsearch Qsearch(BSC)
Threshold for searching for 3G cells depending whether the received level average of the serving cell is below or above the threshold. Coded value (binary): Value (dBm): Text displayed at the OMC 0: -98: -98 dBm (below) 1: -94: -94 dBm (below) 2: -90: -90dBm (below) 3: -86: -86dBm (below) 4: -82: -82 dBm (below) 5: -78: -78 dBm (below) 6: -74: -74 dBm (below) 7: -70: Always search for 3G neighbour cells 8: -78: -78 dBm (above) 9: -74: -74 dBm (above) 10: -70: -70 dBm (above) 11: -66: -66 dBm (above) 12: -62: -62 dBm (above) 13: -58: -58 dBm (above) 14: -54: -54 dBm (above) 15: -50: Never search for 3G neighbour cells Equal to Qsearch(MFS) In a cell with FDD_ARFCN_list not empty, Qsearch =-70, i.e. always search for 3G neighbour cells. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -98 Maximum -50 Default -50
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Edit Cell / UMTS This threshold is used to search for 3G cells if the received signal level is below (-98 dBm to always search for 3G neighbour cells) or above (-78 dBm to never search for neighbour cells) the threshold. This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell. It is equal to Qsearch_I when broadcast on BCCH, or equal to Qsearch_P when broadcast on PBCCH (See TS 05.18). No No
800 / 802
4.1.12 (Qsearch) - (Qsearch(MFS))

Parameter Name Alcatel Logical Name Definition Qsearch Qsearch(MFS)
Threshold for searching for 3G cells depending whether the received level average of the serving cell is below or above the threshold. Coded value (binary): Value (dBm): Text displayed at the OMC 0: -98: -98 dBm (below) 1: -94: -94 dBm (below) 2: -90: -90dBm (below) 3: -86: -86dBm (below) 4: -82: -82 dBm (below) 5: -78: -78 dBm (below) 6: -74: -74 dBm (below) 7: -70: Always search for 3G neighbour cells 8: -78: -78 dBm (above) 9: -74: -74 dBm (above) 10: -70: -70 dBm (above) 11: -66: -66 dBm (above) 12: -62: -62 dBm (above) 13: -58: -58 dBm (above) 14: -54: -54 dBm (above) 15: -50: Never search for 3G neighbour cells Equal to Qsearch(BSC) In a cell with FDD_ARFCN_list not empty, Qsearch =-70, i.e. always search for 3G neighbour cells. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit dBm Minimum -98 Maximum -50 Default -50
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Edit Cell / UMTS This threshold is used to search for 3G cells if the received signal level is below (-98 dBm to always search for 3G neighbour cells) or above (-78 dBm to never search for 3G neighbour cells) the threshold. This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell. It is equal to Qsearch_I when broadcast on BCCH, or equal to Qsearch_P when broadcast on PBCCH (See TS 05.18). No No
801 / 802
BLANK PAGE BREAK
802 / 802

Alcatel BSS Telecom Parameters

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Исходное описание:

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Alcatel BSS Telecom Parameters

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Alcatel BSS

Telecom Parameters Dictionary

O&M Documentation Reference Guide

3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07

BLANK PAGE BREAK

Status Short title

3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07

3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07

3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07

3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07

3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07

3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07

1.1 Parameter Classification

1.2 Parameter Description

3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07

1.3 Modified Telecom Parameters

3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07

3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07

2 GSM Telecom Parameters

2 GSM Telecom Parameters

3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07

2 GSM Telecom Parameters

2.1 Network (CDE)

3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07

2 GSM Telecom Parameters

2.1.1 (ADDR_MON) - (ADDR_MON)

OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No No No

3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07

2 GSM Telecom Parameters

2.1.2 (ADDR_TR) - (ADDR_TR)

OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No No No

3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07

2 GSM Telecom Parameters

2.1.3 (Autocleaning_Timer) - (T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP)

Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value

Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment

Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent

3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07

2 GSM Telecom Parameters

2.1.4 (BF_HI_RX) - (BF_HI_RX)

OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No No No

3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07

2 GSM Telecom Parameters

2.1.5 (BF_HI_TX) - (BF_HI_TX)

OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No No No

3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07

2 GSM Telecom Parameters

2.1.6 (BF_LO_RX) - (BF_LO_RX)

OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No No No

3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07

2 GSM Telecom Parameters

2.1.7 (BF_LO_TX) - (BF_LO_TX)

OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No No No

3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07

2 GSM Telecom Parameters

2.1.8 (CGI_REQUIRED) - (CGI_REQD)

Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment

Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent

3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07

2 GSM Telecom Parameters

2.1.9 (COUNT_DECR) - (COUNT_DECR)

OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No No No

3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07